2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**************************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** This file is part of Qt Creator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 00:01:27 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Commercial Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-14 09:30:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**************************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 16:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "texteditor_global.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 16:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "texteditorconstants.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifndef TEXTEDITOR_STANDALONE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "texteditorplugin.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "completionsupport.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 17:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "behaviorsettings.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "basetextdocument.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "basetexteditor_p.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "codecselector.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 17:43:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "tabsettings.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifndef TEXTEDITOR_STANDALONE
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 12:38:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <aggregation/aggregate.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/coreconstants.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/editormanager/editormanager.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-12 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/manhattanstyle.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 14:02:18 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/icore.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/actionmanager/actionmanager.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-19 12:39:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <extensionsystem/pluginmanager.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <find/basetextfind.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 12:38:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/stylehelper.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 17:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/linecolumnlabel.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/qtcassert.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QTextCodec>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QFile>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QDebug>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QTimer>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 16:38:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QTimeLine>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QAbstractTextDocumentLayout>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QApplication>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QLabel>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QLayout>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QPainter>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QPrinter>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QPrintDialog>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QPainter>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QScrollBar>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QShortcut>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QScrollBar>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QStyle>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QSyntaxHighlighter>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QTextCursor>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QTextBlock>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QTextLayout>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QToolTip>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QInputDialog>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:33:23 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QMenu>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 16:38:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace TextEditor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace TextEditor::Internal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace TextEditor {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-20 11:52:04 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace Internal {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class TextEditExtraArea : public QWidget {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BaseTextEditor *textEdit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditExtraArea(BaseTextEditor *edit):QWidget(edit) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit = edit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setAutoFillBackground(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSize sizeHint() const {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return QSize(textEdit->extraAreaWidth(), 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit->extraAreaPaintEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit->extraAreaMouseEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit->extraAreaMouseEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit->extraAreaMouseEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void leaveEvent(QEvent *event){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textEdit->extraAreaLeaveEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(textEdit->viewport(), event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-20 11:52:04 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace Internal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace TextEditor
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								ITextEditor *BaseTextEditor::openEditorAt(const QString &fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-05 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          int line,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          int column,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          const QString &editorKind)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-21 15:52:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::EditorManager *editorManager = Core::EditorManager::instance();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-18 17:17:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    editorManager->addCurrentPositionToNavigationHistory();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-30 17:10:22 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::IEditor *editor = editorManager->openEditor(fileName, editorKind, Core::EditorManager::IgnoreNavigationHistory);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::ITextEditor *texteditor = qobject_cast<TextEditor::ITextEditor *>(editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (texteditor) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        texteditor->gotoLine(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return texteditor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:48:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void convertToPlainText(QString &txt)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar *uc = txt.data();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar *e = uc + txt.size();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (; uc != e; ++uc) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        switch (uc->unicode()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case 0xfdd0: // QTextBeginningOfFrame
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case 0xfdd1: // QTextEndOfFrame
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case QChar::ParagraphSeparator:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case QChar::LineSeparator:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            *uc = QLatin1Char('\n');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case QChar::Nbsp:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            *uc = QLatin1Char(' ');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditor::BaseTextEditor(QWidget *parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    : QPlainTextEdit(parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d = new BaseTextEditorPrivate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->q = this;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraArea = new TextEditExtraArea(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraArea->setMouseTracking(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOn);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_overlay = new TextEditorOverlay(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchResultOverlay = new TextEditorOverlay(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->setupDocumentSignals(d->m_document);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->setupDocumentSignals(d->m_document);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastScrollPos = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setCursorWidth(2);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // from RESEARCH
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->setMouseTracking(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        = d->extraAreaToggleMarkBlockNumber
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        = d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        = d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->visibleCollapsedBlockNumber = d->suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(this, SIGNAL(blockCountChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(this, SIGNAL(modificationChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(slotModificationChanged(bool)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(this, SIGNAL(cursorPositionChanged()), this, SLOT(slotCursorPositionChanged()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(this, SIGNAL(updateRequest(QRect, int)), this, SLOT(slotUpdateRequest(QRect, int)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(this, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionChanged()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//     (void) new QShortcut(tr("CTRL+L"), this, SLOT(centerCursor()), 0, Qt::WidgetShortcut);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//     (void) new QShortcut(tr("F9"), this, SLOT(slotToggleMark()), 0, Qt::WidgetShortcut);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//     (void) new QShortcut(tr("F11"), this, SLOT(slotToggleBlockVisible()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // parentheses matcher
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_formatRange = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_matchFormat.setForeground(Qt::red);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_rangeFormat.setBackground(QColor(0xb4, 0xee, 0xb4));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_mismatchFormat.setBackground(Qt::magenta);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer = new QTimer(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer->setSingleShot(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(_q_matchParentheses()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_highlightBlocksTimer = new QTimer(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_highlightBlocksTimer->setSingleShot(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(d->m_highlightBlocksTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(_q_highlightBlocks()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_animator = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchResultFormat.setBackground(QColor(0xffef0b));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotCursorPositionChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_delayedUpdateTimer = new QTimer(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_delayedUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(d->m_delayedUpdateTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), viewport(), SLOT(update()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(Core::EditorManager::instance(), SIGNAL(currentEditorChanged(Core::IEditor*)),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            this, SLOT(currentEditorChanged(Core::IEditor*)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditor::~BaseTextEditor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete d;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditor::mimeType() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_document->mimeType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setMimeType(const QString &mt)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_document->setMimeType(mt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::print(QPrinter *printer)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const bool oldFullPage =  printer->fullPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    printer->setFullPage(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPrintDialog *dlg = new QPrintDialog(printer, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    dlg->setWindowTitle(tr("Print Document"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (dlg->exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->print(printer);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    printer->setFullPage(oldFullPage);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete dlg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int collapseBoxWidth(const QFontMetrics &fm)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int lineSpacing = fm.lineSpacing();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return lineSpacing + lineSpacing%2 + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void printPage(int index, QPainter *painter, const QTextDocument *doc,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                      const QRectF &body, const QRectF &titleBox,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                      const QString &title)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->translate(body.left(), body.top() - (index - 1) * body.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF view(0, (index - 1) * body.height(), body.width(), body.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout *layout = doc->documentLayout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::PaintContext ctx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->setFont(QFont(doc->defaultFont()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF box = titleBox.translated(0, view.top());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int dpix = painter->device()->logicalDpiX();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int dpiy = painter->device()->logicalDpiY();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int mx = 5 * dpix / 72.0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int my = 2 * dpiy / 72.0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->fillRect(box.adjusted(-mx, -my, mx, my), QColor(210, 210, 210));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!title.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->drawText(box, Qt::AlignCenter, title);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString pageString = QString::number(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->drawText(box, Qt::AlignRight, pageString);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->setClipRect(view);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ctx.clip = view;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // don't use the system palette text as default text color, on HP/UX
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // for example that's white, and white text on white paper doesn't
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // look that nice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ctx.palette.setColor(QPalette::Text, Qt::black);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->draw(painter, ctx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::print(QPrinter *printer)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = q->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString title = q->displayName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (title.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        printer->setDocName(title);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPainter p(printer);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Check that there is a valid device to print to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!p.isActive())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    doc = doc->clone(doc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextOption opt = doc->defaultTextOption();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    opt.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    doc->setDefaultTextOption(opt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    (void)doc->documentLayout(); // make sure that there is a layout
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QColor background = q->palette().color(QPalette::Base);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool backgroundIsDark = background.value() < 128;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (QTextBlock srcBlock = q->document()->firstBlock(), dstBlock = doc->firstBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         srcBlock.isValid() && dstBlock.isValid();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         srcBlock = srcBlock.next(), dstBlock = dstBlock.next()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<QTextLayout::FormatRange> formatList = srcBlock.layout()->additionalFormats();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (backgroundIsDark) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // adjust syntax highlighting colors for better contrast
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = formatList.count() - 1; i >=0; --i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextCharFormat &format = formatList[i].format;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (format.background().color() == background) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QBrush brush = format.foreground();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QColor color = brush.color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    int h,s,v,a;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    color.getHsv(&h, &s, &v, &a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    color.setHsv(h, s, qMin(128, v), a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    brush.setColor(color);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    format.setForeground(brush);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                format.setBackground(Qt::white);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        dstBlock.layout()->setAdditionalFormats(formatList);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout *layout = doc->documentLayout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->setPaintDevice(p.device());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int dpiy = p.device()->logicalDpiY();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int margin = (int) ((2/2.54)*dpiy); // 2 cm margins
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextFrameFormat fmt = doc->rootFrame()->frameFormat();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    fmt.setMargin(margin);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    doc->rootFrame()->setFrameFormat(fmt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF pageRect(printer->pageRect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF body = QRectF(0, 0, pageRect.width(), pageRect.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFontMetrics fontMetrics(doc->defaultFont(), p.device());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF titleBox(margin,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    body.top() + margin
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    - fontMetrics.height()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    - 6 * dpiy / 72.0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    body.width() - 2*margin,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    fontMetrics.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    doc->setPageSize(body.size());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int docCopies;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pageCopies;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (printer->collateCopies() == true){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        docCopies = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pageCopies = printer->numCopies();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        docCopies = printer->numCopies();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pageCopies = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int fromPage = printer->fromPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int toPage = printer->toPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool ascending = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (fromPage == 0 && toPage == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        fromPage = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toPage = doc->pageCount();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // paranoia check
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    fromPage = qMax(1, fromPage);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    toPage = qMin(doc->pageCount(), toPage);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (printer->pageOrder() == QPrinter::LastPageFirst) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int tmp = fromPage;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        fromPage = toPage;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toPage = tmp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ascending = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < docCopies; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int page = fromPage;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (true) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int j = 0; j < pageCopies; ++j) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (printer->printerState() == QPrinter::Aborted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    || printer->printerState() == QPrinter::Error)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    goto UserCanceled;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                printPage(page, &p, doc, body, titleBox, title);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (j < pageCopies - 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    printer->newPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (page == toPage)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ascending)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++page;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --page;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            printer->newPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ( i < docCopies - 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            printer->newPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								UserCanceled:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete doc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool DocumentMarker::addMark(TextEditor::ITextMark *mark, int line)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(line >= 1, return false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int blockNumber = line - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(document->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document->findBlockByNumber(blockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextBlockUserData *userData = TextEditDocumentLayout::userData(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        userData->addMark(mark);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mark->updateLineNumber(blockNumber + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mark->updateBlock(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout->hasMarks = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditorPrivate::visualIndent(const QTextBlock &block) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!block.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextDocument *document = block.document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (i < block.length()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!document->characterAt(block.position() + i).isSpace()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor cursor(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.position() + i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return q->cursorRect(cursor).x();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextEditor::TextMarks DocumentMarker::marksAt(int line) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(line >= 1, return TextMarks());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int blockNumber = line - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document->findBlockByNumber(blockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData *userData = TextEditDocumentLayout::testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return userData->marks();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return TextMarks();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void DocumentMarker::removeMark(TextEditor::ITextMark *mark)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool needUpdate = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document->begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData *data = static_cast<TextBlockUserData *>(block.userData())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            needUpdate |= data->removeMark(mark);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (needUpdate)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateMark(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool DocumentMarker::hasMark(TextEditor::ITextMark *mark) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document->begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData *data = static_cast<TextBlockUserData *>(block.userData())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (data->hasMark(mark))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								ITextMarkable *BaseTextEditor::markableInterface() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return baseTextDocument()->documentMarker();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								ITextEditable *BaseTextEditor::editableInterface() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_editable) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_editable = const_cast<BaseTextEditor*>(this)->createEditableInterface();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        connect(this, SIGNAL(textChanged()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->m_editable, SIGNAL(contentsChanged()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        connect(this, SIGNAL(changed()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->m_editable, SIGNAL(changed()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_editable;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::currentEditorChanged(Core::IEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (editor == d->m_editable) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_document->hasDecodingError()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Core::EditorManager::instance()->showEditorInfoBar(QLatin1String(Constants::SELECT_ENCODING),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-28 15:36:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                tr("<b>Error:</b> Could not decode \"%1\" with \"%2\"-encoding. Editing not possible.")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    .arg(displayName()).arg(QString::fromLatin1(d->m_document->codec()->name())),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                tr("Select Encoding"),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                this, SLOT(selectEncoding()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::selectEncoding()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BaseTextDocument *doc = d->m_document;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CodecSelector codecSelector(this, doc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (codecSelector.exec()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case CodecSelector::Reload:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        doc->reload(codecSelector.selectedCodec());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setReadOnly(d->m_document->hasDecodingError());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (doc->hasDecodingError())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            currentEditorChanged(Core::EditorManager::instance()->currentEditor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Core::EditorManager::instance()->hideEditorInfoBar(QLatin1String(Constants::SELECT_ENCODING));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case CodecSelector::Save:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        doc->setCodec(codecSelector.selectedCodec());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Core::EditorManager::instance()->saveEditor(editableInterface());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case CodecSelector::Cancel:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void DocumentMarker::updateMark(ITextMark *mark)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-13 17:35:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(mark)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(document->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::triggerCompletions()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    emit requestAutoCompletion(editableInterface(), true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 14:32:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::triggerQuickFix()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    emit requestQuickFix(editableInterface());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::createNew(const QString &contents)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setPlainText(contents);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    document()->setModified(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::open(const QString &fileName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_document->open(fileName)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        moveCursor(QTextCursor::Start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:08:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_displaySettings.m_autoFoldFirstComment)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->collapseLicenseHeader();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setReadOnly(d->m_document->hasDecodingError());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:08:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Collapses the first comment in a file, if there is only whitespace above
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::collapseLicenseHeader()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = q->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = doc->firstBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TabSettings &ts = m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:14:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid() && block.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:08:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextBlockUserData *data = TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (data && block.next().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QChar character;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(data)->collapseAtPos(&character);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (character != QLatin1Char('+'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break; // not a comment
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(block, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            moveCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            documentLayout->emitDocumentSizeChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ts.firstNonSpace(text) < text.size())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 12:19:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								const Utils::ChangeSet &BaseTextEditor::changeSet() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_changeSet;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setChangeSet(const Utils::ChangeSet &changeSet)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 12:36:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    using namespace Utils;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 12:19:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_changeSet = changeSet;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 12:36:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const ChangeSet::EditOp &op, changeSet.operationList()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // ### TODO: process the edit operation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        switch (op.type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Replace:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Move:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Insert:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Remove:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Flip:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case ChangeSet::EditOp::Copy:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } // switch
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 12:19:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-20 11:52:04 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Core::IFile *BaseTextEditor::file()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_document;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::editorContentsChange(int position, int charsRemoved, int charsAdded)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_animator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_animator->finish();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_contentsChanged = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Keep the line numbers and the block information for the text marks updated
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (charsRemoved != 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->updateMarksLineNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->updateMarksBlock(document()->findBlock(position));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock posBlock = document()->findBlock(position);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock nextBlock = document()->findBlock(position + charsAdded);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (posBlock != nextBlock) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->updateMarksLineNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->updateMarksBlock(posBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->updateMarksBlock(nextBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->updateMarksBlock(posBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotSelectionChanged()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool changed = (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode != d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_inBlockSelectionMode = d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (changed || d->m_inBlockSelectionMode)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_inBlockSelectionMode)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_blockSelectionExtraX = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:25:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_selectBlockAnchor.isNull() && !textCursor().hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_selectBlockAnchor = QTextCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Clear any link which might be showing when the selection changes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    clearLink();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::gotoBlockStart()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData::findPreviousOpenParenthesis(&cursor, false)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::gotoBlockEnd()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData::findNextClosingParenthesis(&cursor, false)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::gotoBlockStartWithSelection()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData::findPreviousOpenParenthesis(&cursor, true)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::gotoBlockEndWithSelection()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData::findNextClosingParenthesis(&cursor, true)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static QTextCursor flippedCursor(const QTextCursor &cursor) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor flipped = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    flipped.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    flipped.setPosition(cursor.anchor(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return flipped;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:25:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::selectBlockUp()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_selectBlockAnchor = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextBlockUserData::findPreviousOpenParenthesis(&cursor, false))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextBlockUserData::findNextClosingParenthesis(&cursor, true))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(flippedCursor(cursor));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:25:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::selectBlockDown()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = d->m_selectBlockAnchor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!tc.hasSelection() || cursor.isNull())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(tc.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    forever {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor ahead = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!TextBlockUserData::findPreviousOpenParenthesis(&ahead, false))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ahead.position() <= tc.position())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor = ahead;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if ( cursor != d->m_selectBlockAnchor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextBlockUserData::findNextClosingParenthesis(&cursor, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 17:06:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(flippedCursor(cursor));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    _q_matchParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:25:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-15 23:17:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::copyLineUp()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    copyLineUpDown(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::copyLineDown()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    copyLineUpDown(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::copyLineUpDown(bool up)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor move = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool hasSelection = cursor.hasSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (hasSelection) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(cursor.selectionEnd(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text = move.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (up) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::Left);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (move.atBlockStart()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.movePosition(QTextCursor::Left);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = move.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = move.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.setPosition(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.setPosition(end, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    indent(document(), move, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(move);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::moveLineUp()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    moveLineUpDown(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::moveLineDown()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    moveLineUpDown(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::moveLineUpDown(bool up)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor move = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 19:24:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_moveLineUndoHack)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.joinPreviousEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool hasSelection = cursor.hasSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursor.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(cursor.selectionEnd(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 19:24:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(move.atBlockStart() ? QTextCursor::Left: QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text = move.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 10:28:39 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (up) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::Left);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (move.atBlockStart()) { // empty block
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.movePosition(QTextCursor::Left);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            move.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 10:28:39 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = move.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = move.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (hasSelection) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        move.setPosition(end, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    reindent(document(), move);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    move.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(move);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 19:24:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_moveLineUndoHack = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 17:43:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::cleanWhitespace()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 16:37:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_document->cleanWhitespace(textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 17:43:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-12 12:38:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->setCursor(Qt::BlankCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QToolTip::hideText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 19:24:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_moveLineUndoHack = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->clearVisibleCollapsedBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QKeyEvent *original_e = e;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool ro = isReadOnly();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e == QKeySequence::Cut) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!ro) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 18:48:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (e == QKeySequence::Delete || e->key() == Qt::Key_Backspace) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!ro) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->removeBlockSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (e == QKeySequence::Paste) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!ro) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->removeBlockSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // continue
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!ro
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && (e == QKeySequence::InsertParagraphSeparator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || (!d->m_lineSeparatorsAllowed && e == QKeySequence::InsertLineSeparator))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 13:55:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const TabSettings &ts = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:47:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int extraBlocks = paragraphSeparatorAboutToBeInserted(cursor); // virtual
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 13:55:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ts.m_autoIndent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indent(document(), cursor, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-10 18:01:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-03 15:46:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // After inserting the block, to avoid duplicating whitespace on the same line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QString previousBlockText = cursor.block().previous().text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 13:55:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertText(ts.indentationString(previousBlockText));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:47:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (extraBlocks > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor ensureVisible = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (extraBlocks > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --extraBlocks;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ensureVisible.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            setTextCursor(ensureVisible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-13 17:34:29 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (!ro
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               && (e == QKeySequence::MoveToStartOfBlock
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   || e == QKeySequence::SelectStartOfBlock)){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((e->modifiers() & (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier)) == (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        handleHomeKey(e == QKeySequence::SelectStartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (!ro
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               && (e == QKeySequence::MoveToStartOfLine
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   || e == QKeySequence::SelectStartOfLine)){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((e->modifiers() & (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier)) == (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (QTextLayout *layout = cursor.block().layout()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (layout->lineForTextPosition(cursor.position() - cursor.block().position()).lineNumber() == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                handleHomeKey(e == QKeySequence::SelectStartOfLine);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 15:17:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (!ro
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               && e == QKeySequence::DeleteStartOfWord
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               && d->m_document->tabSettings().m_autoIndent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               && !textCursor().hasSelection()){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int pos = c.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousWord);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int targetpos = c.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        forever {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            handleBackspaceKey();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int cpos = textCursor().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (cpos == pos || cpos <= targetpos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            pos = cpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else switch (e->key()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#if 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Dollar: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_overlay->setVisible(!d->m_overlay->isVisible());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_overlay->setCursor(textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Tab:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-18 12:21:30 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Backtab: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ro) break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-18 12:21:30 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int newPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_document->tabSettings().tabShouldIndent(document(), cursor, &newPosition)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (newPosition != cursor.position() && !cursor.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.setPosition(newPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indent(document(), cursor, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indentOrUnindent(e->key() == Qt::Key_Tab);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-18 12:21:30 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Backspace:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ro) break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:39:51 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((e->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               | Qt::ShiftModifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               | Qt::AltModifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               | Qt::MetaModifier)) == Qt::NoModifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && !textCursor().hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            handleBackspaceKey();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Up:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Down:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            verticalScrollBar()->triggerAction(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    e->key() == Qt::Key_Up ? QAbstractSlider::SliderSingleStepSub :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                             QAbstractSlider::SliderSingleStepAdd);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // fall through
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_End:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Right:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_Left:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:45:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((e->modifiers() & (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier)) == (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Right && textCursor().atBlockEnd()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    d->m_blockSelectionExtraX++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Left && d->m_blockSelectionExtraX > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    d->m_blockSelectionExtraX--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            e = new QKeyEvent(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->type(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->key(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->modifiers() & ~Qt::AltModifier,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->text(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->isAutoRepeat(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                e->count()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                );
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_PageUp:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case Qt::Key_PageDown:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->modifiers() == Qt::ControlModifier) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            verticalScrollBar()->triggerAction(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    e->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp ? QAbstractSlider::SliderPageStepSub :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                 QAbstractSlider::SliderPageStepAdd);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            e->accept();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = e->text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!text.isEmpty() && (text.at(0).isPrint() || text.at(0) == QLatin1Char('\t'))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->removeBlockSelection(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            goto skip_event;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ro || e->text().isEmpty() || !e->text().at(0).isPrint()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPlainTextEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = e->text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString autoText = autoComplete(cursor, text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:31:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QChar electricChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_document->tabSettings().m_autoIndent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 13:56:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (QChar c, text) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (isElectricCharacter(c)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    electricChar = c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 13:33:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool doEditBlock = !(electricChar.isNull() && autoText.isEmpty());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (doEditBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 13:56:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 13:56:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!autoText.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int pos = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertText(autoText);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 13:33:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!electricChar.isNull())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indent(document(), cursor, electricChar);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 13:33:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (doEditBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 13:33:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-15 17:04:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								skip_event:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!ro && e->key() == Qt::Key_Delete && d->m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 11:18:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer->start(50);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!ro && d->m_contentsChanged && !e->text().isEmpty() && e->text().at(0).isPrint())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        emit requestAutoCompletion(editableInterface(), false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e != original_e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        delete e;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setTextCursor(const QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // workaround for QTextControl bug
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool selectionChange = cursor.hasSelection() || textCursor().hasSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-03 19:58:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor c = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    c.setVisualNavigation(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::setTextCursor(c);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (selectionChange)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        slotSelectionChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 15:01:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::gotoLine(int line, int column)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 15:17:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting = false; // avoid adding the previous position to history
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int blockNumber = line - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextBlock &block = document()->findBlockByNumber(blockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (column > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right, QTextCursor::MoveAnchor, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int pos = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (characterAt(pos).category() == QChar::Separator_Space) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        centerCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 15:01:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    saveCurrentCursorPositionForNavigation();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditor::position(ITextEditor::PositionOperation posOp, int at) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (at != -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(at);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (posOp == ITextEditor::Current)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return tc.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (posOp) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ITextEditor::EndOfLine:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfLine);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return tc.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ITextEditor::StartOfLine:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return tc.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ITextEditor::Anchor:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tc.hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return tc.anchor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ITextEditor::EndOfDoc:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return tc.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::convertPosition(int pos, int *line, int *column) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document()->findBlock(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (*line) = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (*column) = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (*line) = block.blockNumber() + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (*column) = pos - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QChar BaseTextEditor::characterAt(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return document()->characterAt(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::event(QEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_contentsChanged = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (e->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 14:41:55 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->ignore(); // we are a really nice citizen
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QPlainTextEdit::event(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::duplicateFrom(BaseTextEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (this == editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setDisplayName(editor->displayName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_revisionsVisible = editor->d->m_revisionsVisible;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_document == editor->d->m_document)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->setupDocumentSignals(editor->d->m_document);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_document = editor->d->m_document;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditor::displayName() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_displayName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setDisplayName(const QString &title)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_displayName = title;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextDocument *BaseTextEditor::baseTextDocument() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_document;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setBaseTextDocument(BaseTextDocument *doc)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (doc) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->setupDocumentSignals(doc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_document = doc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:14:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// called before reload
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::memorizeCursorPosition()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_tempState = saveState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:14:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// called after reload
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::restoreCursorPosition()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    restoreState(d->m_tempState);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:14:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_displaySettings.m_autoFoldFirstComment)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->collapseLicenseHeader();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QByteArray BaseTextEditor::saveState() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QByteArray state;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QDataStream stream(&state, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream << 0; // version number
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream << verticalScrollBar()->value();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream << horizontalScrollBar()->value();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line, column;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    convertPosition(textCursor().position(), &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream << line;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream << column;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return state;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::restoreState(const QByteArray &state)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int version;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int vval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int hval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int lval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QDataStream stream(state);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream >> version;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream >> vval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream >> hval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream >> lval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    stream >> cval;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 15:01:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting = false; // avoid adding last position to history
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    gotoLine(lval, cval);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    verticalScrollBar()->setValue(vval);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    horizontalScrollBar()->setValue(hval);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 15:01:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    saveCurrentCursorPositionForNavigation();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setDefaultPath(const QString &defaultPath)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    baseTextDocument()->setDefaultPath(defaultPath);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setSuggestedFileName(const QString &suggestedFileName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    baseTextDocument()->setSuggestedFileName(suggestedFileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setParenthesesMatchingEnabled(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::isParenthesesMatchingEnabled() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setHighlightCurrentLine(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_highlightCurrentLine = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:10:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateCurrentLineHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::highlightCurrentLine() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_highlightCurrentLine;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setLineNumbersVisible(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lineNumbersVisible = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::lineNumbersVisible() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_lineNumbersVisible;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setMarksVisible(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_marksVisible = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::marksVisible() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_marksVisible;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setRequestMarkEnabled(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_requestMarkEnabled = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::requestMarkEnabled() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_requestMarkEnabled;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setLineSeparatorsAllowed(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lineSeparatorsAllowed = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::lineSeparatorsAllowed() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_lineSeparatorsAllowed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setCodeFoldingVisible(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-16 17:23:50 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_codeFoldingVisible = b && d->m_codeFoldingSupported;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::codeFoldingVisible() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_codeFoldingVisible;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-16 17:23:50 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Sets whether code folding is supported by the syntax highlighter. When not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * supported (the default), this makes sure the code folding is not shown.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Needs to be called before calling setCodeFoldingVisible.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setCodeFoldingSupported(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_codeFoldingSupported = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::codeFoldingSupported() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_codeFoldingSupported;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setMouseNavigationEnabled(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_behaviorSettings.m_mouseNavigation = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::mouseNavigationEnabled() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_behaviorSettings.m_mouseNavigation;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setScrollWheelZoomingEnabled(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_behaviorSettings.m_scrollWheelZooming = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::scrollWheelZoomingEnabled() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_behaviorSettings.m_scrollWheelZooming;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setRevisionsVisible(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_revisionsVisible = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::revisionsVisible() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_revisionsVisible;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setVisibleWrapColumn(int column)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_visibleWrapColumn = column;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditor::visibleWrapColumn() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_visibleWrapColumn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//--------- BaseTextEditorPrivate -----------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditorPrivate::BaseTextEditorPrivate()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_contentsChanged(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_document(new BaseTextDocument()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_extraArea(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 11:38:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_mouseOnCollapsedMarker(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_marksVisible(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_codeFoldingVisible(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-16 17:23:50 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_codeFoldingSupported(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_revisionsVisible(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_lineNumbersVisible(true),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_highlightCurrentLine(true),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_requestMarkEnabled(true),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_lineSeparatorsAllowed(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_visibleWrapColumn(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_linkPressed(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editable(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_actionHack(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_inBlockSelectionMode(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 19:24:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_blockSelectionExtraX(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 15:55:55 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_moveLineUndoHack(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_cursorBlockNumber(-1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditorPrivate::~BaseTextEditorPrivate()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::setupDocumentSignals(BaseTextDocument *document)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BaseTextDocument *oldDocument = q->baseTextDocument();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (oldDocument) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->disconnect(oldDocument->document(), 0, q, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->disconnect(oldDocument, 0, q, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!documentLayout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextOption opt = doc->defaultTextOption();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        opt.setTextDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        opt.setFlags(opt.flags() | QTextOption::IncludeTrailingSpaces
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                | QTextOption::AddSpaceForLineAndParagraphSeparators
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                );
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        doc->setDefaultTextOption(opt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout = new TextEditDocumentLayout(doc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        doc->setDocumentLayout(documentLayout);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    q->setDocument(doc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(documentLayout, SIGNAL(updateBlock(QTextBlock)), q, SLOT(slotUpdateBlockNotify(QTextBlock)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(q, SIGNAL(requestBlockUpdate(QTextBlock)), documentLayout, SIGNAL(updateBlock(QTextBlock)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(doc, SIGNAL(modificationChanged(bool)), q, SIGNAL(changed()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(doc, SIGNAL(contentsChange(int,int,int)), q,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        SLOT(editorContentsChange(int,int,int)), Qt::DirectConnection);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(document, SIGNAL(changed()), q, SIGNAL(changed()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(document, SIGNAL(titleChanged(QString)), q, SLOT(setDisplayName(const QString &)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(document, SIGNAL(aboutToReload()), q, SLOT(memorizeCursorPosition()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject::connect(document, SIGNAL(reloaded()), q, SLOT(restoreCursorPosition()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    q->slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool Parenthesis::hasClosingCollapse(const Parentheses &parentheses)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return closeCollapseAtPos(parentheses) >= 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int Parenthesis::closeCollapseAtPos(const Parentheses &parentheses)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int depth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < parentheses.size(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Parenthesis &p = parentheses.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (p.chr == QLatin1Char('{')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('+')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('[')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++depth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (p.chr == QLatin1Char('}')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('-')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char(']')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (--depth < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return p.pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int Parenthesis::collapseAtPos(const Parentheses &parentheses, QChar *character)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int result = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int depth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < parentheses.size(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Parenthesis &p = parentheses.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (p.chr == QLatin1Char('{')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('+')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('[')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (depth == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                result = p.pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                c = p.chr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++depth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (p.chr == QLatin1Char('}')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char('-')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || p.chr == QLatin1Char(']')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (--depth < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                depth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            result = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (result >= 0 && character)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *character = c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return result;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:08:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int TextBlockUserData::collapseAtPos(QChar *character) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 18:08:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return Parenthesis::collapseAtPos(m_parentheses, character);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int TextBlockUserData::braceDepthDelta() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int delta = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < m_parentheses.size(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        switch (m_parentheses.at(i).chr.unicode()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case '{': case '+': case '[': ++delta; break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case '}': case '-': case ']': --delta; break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        default: break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return delta;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void TextEditDocumentLayout::setParentheses(const QTextBlock &block, const Parentheses &parentheses)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (parentheses.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            userData->clearParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        userData(block)->setParentheses(parentheses);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Parentheses TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return userData->parentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return Parentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return userData->hasParentheses();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int TextEditDocumentLayout::braceDepthDelta(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return userData->braceDepthDelta();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int TextEditDocumentLayout::braceDepth(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int state = block.userState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (state == -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return state >> 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void TextEditDocumentLayout::setBraceDepth(QTextBlock &block, int depth)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int state = block.userState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (state == -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        state = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    state = state & 0xff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    block.setUserState((depth << 8) | state);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void TextEditDocumentLayout::changeBraceDepth(QTextBlock &block, int delta)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (delta)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setBraceDepth(block, braceDepth(block) + delta);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextEditDocumentLayout::setIfdefedOut(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return userData(block)->setIfdefedOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextEditDocumentLayout::clearIfdefedOut(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return userData->clearIfdefedOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData *userData = testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return userData->ifdefedOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextEditDocumentLayout::TextEditDocumentLayout(QTextDocument *doc)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    :QPlainTextDocumentLayout(doc) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    lastSaveRevision = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hasMarks = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextEditDocumentLayout::~TextEditDocumentLayout()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QRectF TextEditDocumentLayout::blockBoundingRect(const QTextBlock &block) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF r = QPlainTextDocumentLayout::blockBoundingRect(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return r;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::viewportEvent(QEvent *event)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_contentsChanged = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (event->type() == QEvent::ContextMenu) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QContextMenuEvent *ce = static_cast<QContextMenuEvent*>(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ce->reason() == QContextMenuEvent::Mouse && !textCursor().hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            setTextCursor(cursorForPosition(ce->pos()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (event->type() == QEvent::ToolTip) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QHelpEvent *he = static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:16:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (QApplication::keyboardModifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return true; // eat tooltip event when control is pressed
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QPoint &pos = he->pos();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Allow plugins to show tooltips
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextCursor &c = cursorForPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPoint cursorPos = mapToGlobal(cursorRect(c).bottomRight() + QPoint(1,1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursorPos.setX(cursorPos.x() + d->m_extraArea->width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        editableInterface(); // create if necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        emit d->m_editable->tooltipRequested(editableInterface(), cursorPos, c.position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QPlainTextEdit::viewportEvent(event);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::resizeEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRect cr = rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraArea->setGeometry(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStyle::visualRect(layoutDirection(), cr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                           QRect(cr.left(), cr.top(), extraAreaWidth(), cr.height())));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QRect BaseTextEditor::collapseBox()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.isEmpty() || d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return QRect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock begin = document()->findBlockByNumber(d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.open.last());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 12:04:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextBlockUserData::hasCollapseAfter(begin.previous()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        begin = begin.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 14:10:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock end = document()->findBlockByNumber(d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.close.first());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!begin.isValid() || !end.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return QRect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF br = blockBoundingGeometry(begin).translated(contentOffset());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF er = blockBoundingGeometry(end).translated(contentOffset());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QRect(d->m_extraArea->width() - collapseBoxWidth(fontMetrics()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 int(br.top()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 collapseBoxWidth(fontMetrics()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 er.bottom() - br.top());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QTextBlock BaseTextEditor::collapsedBlockAt(const QPoint &pos, QRect *box) const {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPointF offset(contentOffset());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = firstVisibleBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int top = (int)blockBoundingGeometry(block).translated(offset).top();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int bottom = top + (int)blockBoundingRect(block).height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int viewportHeight = viewport()->height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid() && top <= viewportHeight) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock nextBlock = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isVisible() && bottom >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (nextBlock.isValid() && !nextBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextLayout *layout = block.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextLine line = layout->lineAt(layout->lineCount()-1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QRectF lineRect = line.naturalTextRect().translated(offset.x(), top);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                lineRect.adjust(0, 0, -1, -1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QRectF collapseRect(lineRect.right() + 12,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    lineRect.top(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    fontMetrics().width(QLatin1String(" {...}; ")),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    lineRect.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (collapseRect.contains(pos)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextBlock result = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (box)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        *box = collapseRect.toAlignedRect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return result;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    block = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    while (nextBlock.isValid() && !nextBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        block = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        nextBlock = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        top = bottom;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bottom = top + (int)blockBoundingRect(block).height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QTextBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::highlightSearchResults(const QTextBlock &block,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   TextEditorOverlay *overlay)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_searchExpr.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int blockPosition = block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = q->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    text.replace(QChar::Nbsp, QLatin1Char(' '));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int idx = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:31:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int l = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (idx < text.length()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:31:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        idx = m_searchExpr.indexIn(text, idx + l);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (idx < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:31:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        l = m_searchExpr.matchedLength();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((m_findFlags & Find::IFindSupport::FindWholeWords)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && ((idx && text.at(idx-1).isLetterOrNumber())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || (idx + l < text.length() && text.at(idx + l).isLetterOrNumber())))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_findScope.isNull()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || (blockPosition + idx >= m_findScope.selectionStart()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                && blockPosition + idx + l <= m_findScope.selectionEnd())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            overlay->addOverlaySelection(blockPosition + idx,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         blockPosition + idx + l,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         m_searchResultFormat.background().color().darker(120),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         QColor(), false,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         (idx == cursor.selectionStart() - blockPosition
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          && idx + l == cursor.selectionEnd() - blockPosition));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace TextEditor {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    namespace Internal {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        struct BlockSelectionData {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int selectionIndex;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int selectionStart;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int selectionEnd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int firstColumn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int lastColumn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        };
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::clearBlockSelection()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_inBlockSelectionMode = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = q->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditorPrivate::copyBlockSelection()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = q->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = q->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = cursor.selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = cursor.selectionEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock startBlock = doc->findBlock(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int columnA = start - startBlock.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock endBlock = doc->findBlock(end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int columnB = end - endBlock.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int firstColumn = qMin(columnA, columnB);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int lastColumn = qMax(columnA, columnB) + m_blockSelectionExtraX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = startBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + qMin(block.length()-1, firstColumn));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + qMin(block.length()-1, lastColumn), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        text += cursor.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block == endBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        text += QLatin1Char('\n');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::removeBlockSelection(const QString &text)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = q->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = q->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = cursor.selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = cursor.selectionEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock startBlock = doc->findBlock(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int columnA = start - startBlock.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock endBlock = doc->findBlock(end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int columnB = end - endBlock.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int firstColumn = qMin(columnA, columnB);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int lastColumn = qMax(columnA, columnB) + m_blockSelectionExtraX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = startBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + qMin(block.length()-1, firstColumn));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + qMin(block.length()-1, lastColumn), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block == endBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!text.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    q->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::moveCursorVisible(bool ensureVisible)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = q->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.block().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setVisualNavigation(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::Up);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ensureVisible)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->ensureCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 11:43:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static QColor calcBlendColor(const QColor &baseColor, int level, int count)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QColor color80;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QColor color90;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (baseColor.value() > 128) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-20 18:22:55 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int f90 = 15;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int f80 = 30;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        color80.setRgb(qMax(0, baseColor.red() - f80),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMax(0, baseColor.green() - f80),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMax(0, baseColor.blue() - f80));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        color90.setRgb(qMax(0, baseColor.red() - f90),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMax(0, baseColor.green() - f90),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMax(0, baseColor.blue() - f90));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 11:43:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-20 18:22:55 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int f90 = 20;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int f80 = 40;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        color80.setRgb(qMin(255, baseColor.red() + f80),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMin(255, baseColor.green() + f80),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMin(255, baseColor.blue() + f80));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        color90.setRgb(qMin(255, baseColor.red() + f90),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMin(255, baseColor.green() + f90),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       qMin(255, baseColor.blue() + f90));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 11:43:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (level == count)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return baseColor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (level == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return color80;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (level == count - 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return color90;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int blendFactor = level * (256 / (count - 2));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QColor(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                (color90.red() * blendFactor + color80.red() * (256 - blendFactor)) / 256,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                (color90.green() * blendFactor + color80.green() * (256 - blendFactor)) / 256,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                (color90.blue() * blendFactor + color80.blue() * (256 - blendFactor)) / 256);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    /*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      Here comes an almost verbatim copy of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      QPlainTextEdit::paintEvent() so we can adjust the extra
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      selections dynamically to indicate all search results.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    //begin QPlainTextEdit::paintEvent()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPainter painter(viewport());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPointF offset(contentOffset());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 13:46:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool hasMainSelection = textCursor().hasSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRect er = e->rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRect viewportRect = viewport()->rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 12:10:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QColor baseColor = palette().base().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-22 20:04:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:33:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    qreal lineX = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 12:10:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_visibleWrapColumn > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:33:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        lineX = fontMetrics().averageCharWidth() * d->m_visibleWrapColumn + offset.x() + 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-04 12:41:41 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (lineX < viewportRect.width())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.fillRect(QRectF(lineX, 0, viewportRect.width() - lineX, viewportRect.height()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                             d->m_ifdefedOutFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 12:10:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:33:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 16:34:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Set a brush origin so that the WaveUnderline knows where the wave started
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter.setBrushOrigin(offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 20:11:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    // keep right margin clean from full-width selection
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    int maxX = offset.x() + qMax((qreal)viewportRect.width(), documentLayout->documentSize().width())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//               - doc->documentMargin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    er.setRight(qMin(er.right(), maxX));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    painter.setClipRect(er);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool editable = !isReadOnly();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = firstVisibleBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::PaintContext context = getPaintContext();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_findScope.isNull()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:24:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditorOverlay *overlay = new TextEditorOverlay(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        overlay->addOverlaySelection(d->m_findScope, d->m_searchScopeFormat.background().color().darker(120),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     d->m_searchScopeFormat.background().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 14:12:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        overlay->setAlpha(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:24:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        overlay->paint(&painter, e->rect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        delete overlay;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BlockSelectionData *blockSelection = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && context.selections.count() && context.selections.last().cursor == textCursor()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        blockSelection = new BlockSelectionData;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        blockSelection->selectionIndex = context.selections.size()-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::Selection &selection = context.selections[blockSelection->selectionIndex];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int start = blockSelection->selectionStart = selection.cursor.selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int end = blockSelection->selectionEnd = selection.cursor.selectionEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = doc->findBlock(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int columnA = start - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = doc->findBlock(end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int columnB = end - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        blockSelection->firstColumn = qMin(columnA, columnB);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        blockSelection->lastColumn = qMax(columnA, columnB) + d->m_blockSelectionExtraX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock visibleCollapsedBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPointF visibleCollapsedBlockOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextLayout *cursor_layout = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPointF cursor_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursor_cpos = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPen cursor_pen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-26 15:26:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchResultOverlay->clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_searchExpr.isEmpty()) { // first pass for the search result overlays
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int margin = 5;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock blockFP = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPointF offsetFP = offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (blockFP.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QRectF r = blockBoundingRect(blockFP).translated(offsetFP);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (r.bottom() >= er.top() - margin && r.top() <= er.bottom() + margin) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->highlightSearchResults(blockFP,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          d->m_searchResultOverlay);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            offsetFP.ry() += r.height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (offsetFP.y() > viewportRect.height() + margin)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 11:11:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            blockFP = blockFP.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } // end first pass
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:24:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchResultOverlay->fill(&painter,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   d->m_searchResultFormat.background().color(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   e->rect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QRectF r = blockBoundingRect(block).translated(offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (r.bottom() >= er.top() && r.top() <= er.bottom()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 20:11:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QRectF rr = r;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                rr.setWidth(viewport()->width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:33:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (lineX > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    rr.setRight(qMin(lineX, rr.right()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.fillRect(rr, d->m_ifdefedOutFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int n = block.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int depth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (int i, d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.open)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (n >= i)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        ++depth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (int i, d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.close)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (n > i)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        --depth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int count = d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.count();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (count) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QRectF rr = r;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    rr.setWidth(viewport()->width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (lineX > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        rr.setRight(qMin(lineX, rr.right()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    for (int i = 0; i <= depth; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        int vi = i > 0 ? d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.visualIndent.at(i-1) : 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        painter.fillRect(rr.adjusted(vi, 0, -8*i, 0), calcBlendColor(baseColor, i, count));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-22 20:04:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 11:11:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextLayout *layout = block.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#if 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextOption option = layout->textOption();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                option.setFlags(option.flags() /*| QTextOption::SuppressColors*/);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setPen(d->m_ifdefedOutFormat.foreground().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                option.setFlags(option.flags() & ~QTextOption::SuppressColors);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setPen(context.palette.text().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            layout->setTextOption(option);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int blpos = block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int bllen = block.length();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QVector<QTextLayout::FormatRange> selections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 13:46:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QVector<QTextLayout::FormatRange> prioritySelections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = 0; i < context.selections.size(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::Selection &range = context.selections.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const int selStart = range.cursor.selectionStart() - blpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const int selEnd = range.cursor.selectionEnd() - blpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (selStart < bllen && selEnd > 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && selEnd > selStart) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextLayout::FormatRange o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.start = selStart;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.length = selEnd - selStart;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.format = range.format;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (blockSelection && blockSelection->selectionIndex == i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        o.start = qMin(blockSelection->firstColumn, bllen-1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        o.length = qMin(blockSelection->lastColumn, bllen-1) - o.start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 13:46:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if ((hasMainSelection && i == context.selections.size()-1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        || (o.format.foreground().style() == Qt::NoBrush
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        && o.format.underlineStyle() != QTextCharFormat::NoUnderline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        && o.format.background() == Qt::NoBrush))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        prioritySelections.append(o);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        selections.append(o);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (!range.cursor.hasSelection() && range.format.hasProperty(QTextFormat::FullWidthSelection)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && block.contains(range.cursor.position())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // for full width selections we don't require an actual selection, just
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // a position to specify the line. that's more convenience in usage.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextLayout::FormatRange o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextLine l = layout->lineForTextPosition(range.cursor.position() - blpos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.start = l.textStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.length = l.textLength();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (o.start + o.length == bllen - 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        ++o.length; // include newline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.format = range.format;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 13:46:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    selections.append(o);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 13:46:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            selections += prioritySelections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool drawCursor = ((editable || true) // we want the cursor in read-only mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && context.cursorPosition >= blpos
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && context.cursorPosition < blpos + bllen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool drawCursorAsBlock = drawCursor && overwriteMode() ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (drawCursorAsBlock) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (context.cursorPosition == blpos + bllen - 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    drawCursorAsBlock = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextLayout::FormatRange o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.start = context.cursorPosition - blpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.length = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.format.setForeground(palette().base());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    o.format.setBackground(palette().text());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    selections.append(o);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            layout->draw(&painter, offset, selections, er);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if ((drawCursor && !drawCursorAsBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || (editable && context.cursorPosition < -1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && !layout->preeditAreaText().isEmpty())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int cpos = context.cursorPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (cpos < -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cpos = layout->preeditAreaPosition() - (cpos + 2);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cpos -= blpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor_layout = layout;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor_offset = offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor_cpos = cpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor_pen = painter.pen();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        offset.ry() += r.height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (offset.y() > viewportRect.height())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!block.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.blockNumber() == d->visibleCollapsedBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                visibleCollapsedBlock = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                visibleCollapsedBlockOffset = offset + QPointF(0,1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // invisible blocks do have zero line count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = doc->findBlockByLineNumber(block.firstLineNumber());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:49:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter.setPen(context.palette.text().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (backgroundVisible() && !block.isValid() && offset.y() <= er.bottom()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && (centerOnScroll() || verticalScrollBar()->maximum() == verticalScrollBar()->minimum())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.fillRect(QRect(QPoint((int)er.left(), (int)offset.y()), er.bottomRight()), palette().background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    //end QPlainTextEdit::paintEvent()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete blockSelection;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    offset = contentOffset();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    block = firstVisibleBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int top = (int)blockBoundingGeometry(block).translated(offset).top();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int bottom = top + (int)blockBoundingRect(block).height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool hasSelection = cursor.hasSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int selectionStart = cursor.selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int selectionEnd = cursor.selectionEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid() && top <= e->rect().bottom()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock nextBlock = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock nextVisibleBlock = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 19:14:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!nextVisibleBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // invisible blocks do have zero line count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            nextVisibleBlock = doc->findBlockByLineNumber(nextVisibleBlock.firstLineNumber());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 19:14:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // paranoia in case our code somewhere did not set the line count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // of the invisible block to 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (nextVisibleBlock.isValid() && !nextVisibleBlock.isVisible())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                nextVisibleBlock = nextVisibleBlock.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isVisible() && bottom >= e->rect().top()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_displaySettings.m_visualizeWhitespace) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextLayout *layout = block.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int lineCount = layout->lineCount();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (lineCount >= 2 || !nextBlock.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.setPen(Qt::lightGray);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    for (int i = 0; i < lineCount-1; ++i) { // paint line wrap indicator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QTextLine line = layout->lineAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QRectF lineRect = line.naturalTextRect().translated(offset.x(), top);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QChar visualArrow((ushort)0x21b5);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        painter.drawText(static_cast<int>(lineRect.right()),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         static_cast<int>(lineRect.top() + line.ascent()), visualArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!nextBlock.isValid()) { // paint EOF symbol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QTextLine line = layout->lineAt(lineCount-1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QRectF lineRect = line.naturalTextRect().translated(offset.x(), top);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        int h = 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        lineRect.adjust(0, 0, -1, -1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QPainterPath path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QPointF pos(lineRect.topRight() + QPointF(h+4, line.ascent()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        path.moveTo(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        path.lineTo(pos + QPointF(-h, -h));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        path.lineTo(pos + QPointF(0, -2*h));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        path.lineTo(pos + QPointF(h, -h));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        path.closeSubpath();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        painter.setBrush(painter.pen().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        painter.drawPath(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (nextBlock.isValid() && !nextBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool selectThis = (hasSelection
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   && nextBlock.position() >= selectionStart
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   && nextBlock.position() < selectionEnd);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (selectThis) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.setBrush(palette().highlight());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextLayout *layout = block.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextLine line = layout->lineAt(layout->lineCount()-1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QRectF lineRect = line.naturalTextRect().translated(offset.x(), top);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                lineRect.adjust(0, 0, -1, -1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QRectF collapseRect(lineRect.right() + 12,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    lineRect.top(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    fontMetrics().width(QLatin1String(" {...}; ")),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    lineRect.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.translate(.5, .5);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.drawRoundedRect(collapseRect.adjusted(0, 0, 0, -1), 3, 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.translate(-.5, -.5);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QString replacement = QLatin1String("...");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextBlock info = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (block.userData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.userData())->collapseMode() == TextBlockUserData::CollapseAfter)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (block.next().userData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                         && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.next().userData())->collapseMode()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                         == TextBlockUserData::CollapseThis) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    replacement.prepend(nextBlock.text().trimmed().left(1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    info = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                block = nextVisibleBlock.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!block.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    block = doc->lastBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (info.userData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(info.userData())->collapseIncludesClosure()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString right = block.text().trimmed();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (right.endsWith(QLatin1Char(';'))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        right.chop(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        right = right.trimmed();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        replacement.append(right.right(right.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')) ? 2 : 1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        replacement.append(QLatin1Char(';'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        replacement.append(right.right(right.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')) ? 2 : 1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (selectThis)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.setPen(palette().highlightedText().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.drawText(collapseRect, Qt::AlignCenter, replacement);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (selectThis)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = nextVisibleBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        top = bottom;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bottom = top + (int)blockBoundingRect(block).height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (visibleCollapsedBlock.isValid() ) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int margin = doc->documentMargin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        qreal maxWidth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        qreal blockHeight = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock b = visibleCollapsedBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 20:13:55 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (!b.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b.setVisible(true); // make sure block bounding rect works
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QRectF r = blockBoundingRect(b).translated(visibleCollapsedBlockOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextLayout *layout = b.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = layout->lineCount()-1; i >= 0; --i)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 20:13:55 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                maxWidth = qMax(maxWidth, layout->lineAt(i).naturalTextWidth() + 2*margin);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            blockHeight += r.height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b.setVisible(false); // restore previous state
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 19:14:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b.setLineCount(0); // restore 0 line count for invisible block
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.translate(.5, .5);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.setBrush(d->m_ifdefedOutFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.drawRoundedRect(QRectF(visibleCollapsedBlockOffset.x(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       visibleCollapsedBlockOffset.y(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       maxWidth, blockHeight).adjusted(0, 0, 0, 0), 3, 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock end = b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b = visibleCollapsedBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (b != end) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b.setVisible(true); // make sure block bounding rect works
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QRectF r = blockBoundingRect(b).translated(visibleCollapsedBlockOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextLayout *layout = b.layout();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QVector<QTextLayout::FormatRange> selections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            layout->draw(&painter, visibleCollapsedBlockOffset, selections, er);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b.setVisible(false); // restore previous state
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            visibleCollapsedBlockOffset.ry() += r.height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 19:02:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_animator && d->m_animator->isRunning()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(d->m_animator->position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_animator->draw(&painter, cursorRect(cursor).topLeft());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:33:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (lineX > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QColor bg = palette().base().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QColor col = (bg.value() > 128) ? Qt::black : Qt::white;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        col.setAlpha(32);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.setPen(QPen(col, 0));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.drawLine(QPointF(lineX, 0), QPointF(lineX, viewport()->height()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_overlay && d->m_overlay->isVisible())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_overlay->paint(&painter, e->rect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_searchResultOverlay->isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_searchResultOverlay->paint(&painter, e->rect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 10:57:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_searchResultOverlay->clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // draw the cursor last, on top of everything
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursor_layout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.setPen(cursor_pen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor_layout->drawCursor(&painter, cursor_offset, cursor_cpos, cursorWidth());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QWidget *BaseTextEditor::extraArea() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_extraArea;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditor::extraAreaWidth(int *markWidthPtr) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(document()->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!documentLayout)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_marksVisible && documentLayout->hasMarks)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_marksVisible = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int space = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QFontMetrics fm(d->m_extraArea->fontMetrics());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_lineNumbersVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-20 16:13:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QFont fnt = d->m_extraArea->font();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // this works under the assumption that bold or italic can only make a font wider
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        fnt.setBold(d->m_currentLineNumberFormat.font().bold());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        fnt.setItalic(d->m_currentLineNumberFormat.font().italic());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QFontMetrics linefm(fnt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int digits = 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int max = qMax(1, blockCount());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (max >= 100) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            max /= 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++digits;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-20 16:13:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        space += linefm.width(QLatin1Char('9')) * digits;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int markWidth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_marksVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        markWidth += fm.lineSpacing();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//     if (documentLayout->doubleMarkCount)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//         markWidth += fm.lineSpacing() / 3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        space += markWidth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        space += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (markWidthPtr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *markWidthPtr = markWidth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    space += 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_codeFoldingVisible)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        space += collapseBoxWidth(fm);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return space;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (isLeftToRight())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setViewportMargins(extraAreaWidth(), 0, 0, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setViewportMargins(0, 0, extraAreaWidth(), 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void drawRectBox(QPainter *painter, const QRect &rect, bool start, bool end,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QPalette &pal)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 15:31:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:19:47 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRgb b = pal.base().color().rgb();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRgb h = pal.highlight().color().rgb();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:06:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QColor c = Utils::StyleHelper::mergedColors(b,h, 50);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:19:47 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 15:31:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QLinearGradient grad(rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:19:47 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    grad.setColorAt(0, c.lighter(110));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 13:59:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    grad.setColorAt(1, c.lighter(130));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:19:47 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QColor outline = c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:50:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRect r = rect;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->fillRect(rect, grad);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 15:31:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->setPen(outline);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:50:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->drawLine(rect.topLeft() + QPoint(1, 0), rect.topRight() -  QPoint(1, 0));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (end)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->drawLine(rect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(1, 0), rect.bottomRight() -  QPoint(1, 0));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->drawLine(rect.topRight() + QPoint(0, start ? 1 : 0), rect.bottomRight() - QPoint(0, end ? 1 : 0));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->drawLine(rect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, start ? 1 : 0), rect.bottomLeft() - QPoint(0, end ? 1 : 0));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 15:31:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter->restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::extraAreaPaintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int selStart = textCursor().selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int selEnd = textCursor().selectionEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QColor baseColor = palette().base().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPalette pal = d->m_extraArea->palette();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPainter painter(d->m_extraArea);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-20 16:13:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QFontMetrics fm(d->m_extraArea->font());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int fmLineSpacing = fm.lineSpacing();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int markWidth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_marksVisible)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        markWidth += fm.lineSpacing();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 18:17:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int collapseColumnWidth = d->m_codeFoldingVisible ? collapseBoxWidth(fm): 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int extraAreaWidth = d->m_extraArea->width() - collapseColumnWidth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter.fillRect(e->rect(), pal.color(QPalette::Base));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    painter.fillRect(e->rect().intersected(QRect(0, 0, extraAreaWidth, INT_MAX)),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                     pal.color(QPalette::Background));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = firstVisibleBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int blockNumber = block.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int top = (int) blockBoundingGeometry(block).translated(contentOffset()).top();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int bottom = top;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid() && top <= e->rect().bottom()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        top = bottom;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bottom = top + (int)blockBoundingRect(block).height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock nextBlock = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock nextVisibleBlock = nextBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int nextVisibleBlockNumber = blockNumber + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!nextVisibleBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // invisible blocks do have zero line count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            nextVisibleBlock = doc->findBlockByLineNumber(nextVisibleBlock.firstLineNumber());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            nextVisibleBlockNumber = nextVisibleBlock.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 15:59:48 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (bottom < e->rect().top()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = nextVisibleBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            blockNumber = nextVisibleBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter.setPen(pal.color(QPalette::Dark));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_codeFoldingVisible || d->m_marksVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int previousBraceDepth = block.previous().userState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (previousBraceDepth >= 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                previousBraceDepth >>= 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                previousBraceDepth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int braceDepth = block.userState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!nextBlock.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextBlock lastInvisibleBlock = nextVisibleBlock.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!lastInvisibleBlock.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    lastInvisibleBlock = doc->lastBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                braceDepth = lastInvisibleBlock.userState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (braceDepth >= 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                braceDepth >>= 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                braceDepth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextBlockUserData *userData = static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.userData())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (d->m_marksVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    int xoffset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    foreach (ITextMark *mrk, userData->marks()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        int x = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        int radius = fmLineSpacing - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QRect r(x + xoffset, top, radius, radius);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        mrk->icon().paint(&painter, r, Qt::AlignCenter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        xoffset += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 12:04:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_codeFoldingVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool collapseThis = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool collapseAfter = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool hasClosingCollapse = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextBlockUserData *userData = static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.userData())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!userData->ifdefedOut()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        collapseAfter = (userData->collapseMode() == TextBlockUserData::CollapseAfter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        collapseThis = (userData->collapseMode() == TextBlockUserData::CollapseThis);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        hasClosingCollapse = userData->hasClosingCollapse() && (previousBraceDepth > 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int extraAreaHighlightCollapseEndBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool endIsVisible = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber =  d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.open.last();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    extraAreaHighlightCollapseEndBlockNumber =  d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.close.first();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    endIsVisible = doc->findBlockByNumber(extraAreaHighlightCollapseEndBlockNumber).isVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextBlock before = doc->findBlockByNumber(extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber-1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (TextBlockUserData::hasCollapseAfter(before)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextBlockUserData *nextBlockUserData = TextEditDocumentLayout::testUserData(nextBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool collapseNext = nextBlockUserData
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    && nextBlockUserData->collapseMode() == TextBlockUserData::CollapseThis
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    && !nextBlockUserData->ifdefedOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool nextHasClosingCollapse = nextBlockUserData
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              && nextBlockUserData->hasClosingCollapseInside()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              && nextBlockUserData->ifdefedOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool drawBox = ((collapseAfter || collapseNext) && !nextHasClosingCollapse);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool active = blockNumber == extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool drawStart = drawBox && active;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool drawEnd = blockNumber == extraAreaHighlightCollapseEndBlockNumber || (drawStart && !endIsVisible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-05 10:20:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool hovered = blockNumber >= extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && blockNumber <= extraAreaHighlightCollapseEndBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int boxWidth = collapseBoxWidth(fm);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-05 10:20:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (hovered) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 18:13:37 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QRect box = QRect(extraAreaWidth + 1, top, boxWidth - 2, bottom - top);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    drawRectBox(&painter, box, drawStart, drawEnd, pal);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (drawBox) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    bool expanded = nextBlock.isVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    int size = boxWidth/4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QRect box(extraAreaWidth + size, top + size,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                              2 * (size) + 1, 2 * (size) + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-05 10:20:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    drawFoldingMarker(&painter, pal, box, expanded, active, hovered);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_revisionsVisible && block.revision() != documentLayout->lastSaveRevision) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.revision() < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setPen(QPen(Qt::darkGreen, 2));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setPen(QPen(Qt::red, 2));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-16 11:27:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.drawLine(extraAreaWidth - 1, top, extraAreaWidth - 1, bottom - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_lineNumbersVisible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QString &number = QString::number(blockNumber + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool selected = (
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (selStart < block.position() + block.length()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && selEnd > block.position())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    || (selStart == selEnd && selStart == block.position())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    );
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (selected) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 14:10:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QFont f = painter.font();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                f.setBold(d->m_currentLineNumberFormat.font().bold());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                f.setItalic(d->m_currentLineNumberFormat.font().italic());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setFont(f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.setPen(d->m_currentLineNumberFormat.foreground().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter.drawText(markWidth, top, extraAreaWidth - markWidth - 4, fm.height(), Qt::AlignRight, number);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 12:55:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (selected)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                painter.restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = nextVisibleBlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        blockNumber = nextVisibleBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-05 10:20:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::drawFoldingMarker(QPainter *painter, const QPalette &pal,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       const QRect &rect,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       bool expanded,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       bool active,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       bool hovered) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-13 17:35:17 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(active)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(hovered)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:07:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStyle *s = style();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ManhattanStyle *ms = qobject_cast<ManhattanStyle*>(s))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        s = ms->systemStyle();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!qstrcmp(s->metaObject()->className(), "OxygenStyle")) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->save();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int size = rect.size().width();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int sqsize = 2*(size/2);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QColor textColor = pal.buttonText().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QColor brushColor = textColor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        textColor.setAlpha(100);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        brushColor.setAlpha(100);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPolygon a;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (expanded) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // down arrow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            a.setPoints(3, 0, sqsize/3,  sqsize/2, sqsize  - sqsize/3,  sqsize, sqsize/3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // right arrow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            a.setPoints(3, sqsize - sqsize/3, sqsize/2,  sqsize/2 - sqsize/3, 0,  sqsize/2 - sqsize/3, sqsize);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            painter->setBrush(brushColor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->translate(0.5, 0.5);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->translate(rect.topLeft());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->setPen(textColor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->setBrush(textColor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->drawPolygon(a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        painter->restore();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:07:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStyleOptionViewItemV2 opt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        opt.rect = rect;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        opt.state = QStyle::State_Active | QStyle::State_Item | QStyle::State_Children;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (expanded)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            opt.state |= QStyle::State_Open;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (active)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            opt.state |= QStyle::State_MouseOver | QStyle::State_Enabled | QStyle::State_Selected;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (hovered)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            opt.palette.setBrush(QPalette::Window, pal.highlight());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         // QGtkStyle needs a small correction to draw the marker in the right place
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!qstrcmp(s->metaObject()->className(), "QGtkStyle"))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           opt.rect.translate(-2, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (!qstrcmp(s->metaObject()->className(), "QMacStyle"))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            opt.rect.translate(-1, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        s->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_IndicatorBranch, &opt, painter, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotModificationChanged(bool m)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int oldLastSaveRevision = documentLayout->lastSaveRevision;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->lastSaveRevision = doc->revision();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (oldLastSaveRevision != documentLayout->lastSaveRevision) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = doc->begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.revision() < 0 || block.revision() != oldLastSaveRevision) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                block.setRevision(-documentLayout->lastSaveRevision - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                block.setRevision(documentLayout->lastSaveRevision);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraArea->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotUpdateRequest(const QRect &r, int dy)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (dy)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_extraArea->scroll(0, dy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (r.width() > 4) { // wider than cursor width, not just cursor blinking
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_extraArea->update(0, r.y(), d->m_extraArea->width(), r.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 11:29:38 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!d->m_searchExpr.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int m = d->m_searchResultOverlay->dropShadowWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            viewport()->update(r.adjusted(-m, -m, m, m));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (r.contains(viewport()->rect()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::saveCurrentCursorPositionForNavigation()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 17:56:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_tempNavigationState = saveState();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:10:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::updateCurrentLineHighlight()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> extraSelections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_highlightCurrentLine) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextEdit::ExtraSelection sel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        sel.format.setBackground(d->m_currentLineFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        sel.format.setProperty(QTextFormat::FullWidthSelection, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        sel.cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        sel.cursor.clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setExtraSelections(CurrentLineSelection, extraSelections);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 15:55:55 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // the extra area shows information for the entire current block, not just the currentline.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // This is why we must force a bigger update region.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursorBlockNumber = textCursor().blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursorBlockNumber != d->m_cursorBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPointF offset = contentOffset();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = document()->findBlockByNumber(d->m_cursorBlockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_extraArea->update(blockBoundingGeometry(block).translated(offset).toAlignedRect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = document()->findBlockByNumber(cursorBlockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_extraArea->update(blockBoundingGeometry(block).translated(offset).toAlignedRect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_cursorBlockNumber = cursorBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:10:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotCursorPositionChanged()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#if 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    qDebug() << "block" << textCursor().blockNumber()+1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            << "depth:" << TextEditDocumentLayout::braceDepth(textCursor().block())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            << "/" << TextEditDocumentLayout::braceDepth(document()->lastBlock());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_contentsChanged && d->m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-17 18:08:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Core::EditorManager::instance()->addCurrentPositionToNavigationHistory(editableInterface(), d->m_tempNavigationState);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-19 14:18:26 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_lastCursorChangeWasInteresting = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (d->m_contentsChanged) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        saveCurrentCursorPositionForNavigation();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_parenthesesMatchingEnabled && hasFocus()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Delay update when no matching is displayed yet, to avoid flicker
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (extraSelections(ParenthesesMatchingSelection).isEmpty()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && d->m_animator == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer->start(50);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 20:49:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             // use 0-timer, not direct call, to give the syntax highlighter a chance
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // to update the parantheses information
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_parenthesesMatchingTimer->start(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:10:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateCurrentLineHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_displaySettings.m_highlightBlocks) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = cursor.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = cursor.position() - cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_highlightBlocksTimer->start(100);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::slotUpdateBlockNotify(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    static bool blockRecursion = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (blockRecursion)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    blockRecursion = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_overlay->isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        /* an overlay might draw outside the block bounderies, force
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           complete viewport update */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:24:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.previous().isValid() && block.userState() != block.previous().userState()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        /* The syntax highlighting state changes. This opens up for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           the possibility that the paragraph has braces that support
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           code folding. In this case, do the save thing and also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           update the previous block, which might contain a collapse
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           box which now is invalid.*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 13:24:53 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            emit requestBlockUpdate(block.previous());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!d->m_findScope.isNull()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.position() < d->m_findScope.selectionEnd()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                && block.position()+block.length() >= d->m_findScope.selectionStart() ) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextBlock b = block.document()->findBlock(d->m_findScope.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    emit requestBlockUpdate(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } while (b.isValid() && b.position() < d->m_findScope.selectionEnd());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    blockRecursion = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->timerId() == d->autoScrollTimer.timerId()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QPoint globalPos = QCursor::pos();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QPoint pos = d->m_extraArea->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QRect visible = d->m_extraArea->rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        verticalScrollBar()->triggerAction( pos.y() < visible.center().y() ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            QAbstractSlider::SliderSingleStepSub
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            : QAbstractSlider::SliderSingleStepAdd);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QMouseEvent ev(QEvent::MouseMove, pos, globalPos, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::NoModifier);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraAreaMouseEvent(&ev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int delta = qMax(pos.y() - visible.top(), visible.bottom() - pos.y()) - visible.height();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (delta < 7)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            delta = 7;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int timeout = 4900 / (delta * delta);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->autoScrollTimer.start(timeout, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (e->timerId() == d->collapsedBlockTimer.timerId()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->visibleCollapsedBlockNumber = d->suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->collapsedBlockTimer.stop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::timerEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::clearVisibleCollapsedBlock()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        collapsedBlockTimer.stop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (visibleCollapsedBlockNumber >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        visibleCollapsedBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        q->viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent = (e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateLink(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 11:38:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->buttons() == Qt::NoButton) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock collapsedBlock = collapsedBlockAt(e->pos());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int blockNumber = collapsedBlock.next().blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (blockNumber < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->clearVisibleCollapsedBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (blockNumber != d->visibleCollapsedBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->suggestedVisibleCollapsedBlockNumber = blockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->collapsedBlockTimer.start(40, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 11:38:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Update the mouse cursor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (collapsedBlock.isValid() && !d->m_mouseOnCollapsedMarker) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_mouseOnCollapsedMarker = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            viewport()->setCursor(Qt::PointingHandCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (!collapsedBlock.isValid() && d->m_mouseOnCollapsedMarker) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_mouseOnCollapsedMarker = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPlainTextEdit::mouseMoveEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_lastEventWasBlockSelectionEvent && d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (textCursor().atBlockEnd()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 11:38:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_blockSelectionExtraX = qMax(0, e->pos().x() - cursorRect().center().x()) / fontMetrics().averageCharWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_blockSelectionExtraX = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-12 12:38:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (viewport()->cursor().shape() == Qt::BlankCursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->clearBlockSelection(); // just in case, otherwise we might get strange drag and drop
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock collapsedBlock = collapsedBlockAt(e->pos());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (collapsedBlock.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            toggleBlockVisible(collapsedBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateLink(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_currentLink.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_linkPressed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::mousePressEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (mouseNavigationEnabled()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && d->m_linkPressed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && !(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && e->button() == Qt::LeftButton
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextCursor cursor = cursorForPosition(e->pos());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (openLink(findLinkAt(cursor))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            clearLink();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::leaveEvent(QEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Clear link emulation when the mouse leaves the editor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    clearLink();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::leaveEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Clear link emulation when Ctrl is released
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Control)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        clearLink();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::keyReleaseEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::extraAreaLeaveEvent(QEvent *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // fake missing mouse move event from Qt
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QMouseEvent me(QEvent::MouseMove, QPoint(-1, -1), Qt::NoButton, 0, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    extraAreaMouseEvent(&me);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::extraAreaMouseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = cursorForPosition(QPoint(0, e->pos().y()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(cursor.block().position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int markWidth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    extraAreaWidth(&markWidth);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_codeFoldingVisible
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && e->buttons() == 0) { // mouse tracking
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 16:09:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Update which folder marker is highlighted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int highlightBlockNumber = d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int highlightColumn = d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 16:09:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->pos().x() > extraArea()->width() - collapseBoxWidth(fontMetrics())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = cursor.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(cursor.block())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || !TextBlockUserData::hasClosingCollapse(cursor.block()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = cursor.block().length()-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 12:04:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextBlockUserData::hasCollapseAfter(cursor.block())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(cursor.block().next())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    || !TextBlockUserData::hasClosingCollapse(cursor.block().next()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 15:37:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = cursor.block().next().length()-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:47:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (d->m_displaySettings.m_highlightBlocks) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = cursor.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = cursor.position() - cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:47:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (highlightBlockNumber != d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-04 16:40:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            || highlightColumn != d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_highlightBlocksTimer->start(d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.isEmpty() ? 120 : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-16 12:15:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Set whether the mouse cursor is a hand or normal arrow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool hand = (e->pos().x() <= markWidth);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (hand != (d->m_extraArea->cursor().shape() == Qt::PointingHandCursor))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_extraArea->setCursor(hand ? Qt::PointingHandCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress || e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-05 16:16:03 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int boxWidth = collapseBoxWidth(fontMetrics());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_codeFoldingVisible && e->pos().x() > extraArea()->width() - boxWidth) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!cursor.block().next().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    toggleBlockVisible(cursor.block());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    d->moveCursorVisible(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (collapseBox().contains(e->pos())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cursor.setPosition(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            document()->findBlockByNumber(d->m_highlightBlocksInfo.open.last()).position()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            );
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextBlock c = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-07 16:15:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (TextBlockUserData::hasCollapseAfter(c.previous()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        c = c.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    toggleBlockVisible(c);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    d->moveCursorVisible(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 16:09:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (d->m_marksVisible && e->pos().x() > markWidth) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextCursor selection = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.setVisualNavigation(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber = selection.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                setTextCursor(selection);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->extraAreaToggleMarkBlockNumber = cursor.blockNumber();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 16:09:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (d->m_marksVisible && e->button() == Qt::RightButton) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:33:23 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QMenu * contextMenu = new QMenu(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 15:50:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            emit d->m_editable->markContextMenuRequested(editableInterface(), cursor.blockNumber() + 1, contextMenu);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 19:33:23 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!contextMenu->isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                contextMenu->exec(e->globalPos());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 12:12:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            delete contextMenu;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor selection = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        selection.setVisualNavigation(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextBlock anchorBlock = document()->findBlockByNumber(d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            selection.setPosition(anchorBlock.position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (cursor.blockNumber() < d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            selection.setPosition(cursor.block().position(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (cursor.blockNumber() >= d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selection.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (e->pos().y() >= 0 && e->pos().y() <= d->m_extraArea->height())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->autoScrollTimer.stop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (!d->autoScrollTimer.isActive())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                d->autoScrollTimer.start(100, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->autoScrollTimer.stop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->extraAreaSelectionAnchorBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(selection);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (d->extraAreaToggleMarkBlockNumber >= 0 && d->m_marksVisible && d->m_requestMarkEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int n = d->extraAreaToggleMarkBlockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->extraAreaToggleMarkBlockNumber = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (cursor.blockNumber() == n) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                int line = n + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 12:12:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                emit d->m_editable->markRequested(editableInterface(), line);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QTextBlock TextBlockUserData::testCollapse(const QTextBlock& block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock info = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.userData() && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.userData())->collapseMode() == CollapseAfter)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (block.next().userData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.next().userData())->collapseMode()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             == TextBlockUserData::CollapseThis)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        info = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return QTextBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pos = static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(info.userData())->collapseAtPos();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return QTextBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor(info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(cursor.position() + pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    matchCursorForward(&cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(const QTextBlock& block, bool visible)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock info = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.userData() && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.userData())->collapseMode() == CollapseAfter)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (block.next().userData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             && static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(block.next().userData())->collapseMode()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             == TextBlockUserData::CollapseThis)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        info = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (visible && !block.next().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // no match, at least unfold!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextBlock b = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (b.isValid() && !b.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b.setVisible(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b.setLineCount(visible ? qMax(1, b.layout()->lineCount()) : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pos = static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(info.userData())->collapseAtPos();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor(info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(cursor.position() + pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (matchCursorForward(&cursor) != Match) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (visible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // no match, at least unfold!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextBlock b = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (b.isValid() && !b.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b.setVisible(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b.setLineCount(visible ? qMax(1, b.layout()->lineCount()) : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock b = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (b < cursor.block()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b.setVisible(visible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b.setLineCount(visible ? qMax(1, b.layout()->lineCount()) : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (visible) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextBlockUserData *data = canCollapse(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (data && data->collapsed()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextBlock end =  testCollapse(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (data->collapseIncludesClosure())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    end = end.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (end.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    b = end;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b = b.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool collapseIncludesClosure = hasClosingCollapseAtEnd(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (collapseIncludesClosure) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b.setVisible(visible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        b.setLineCount(visible ? qMax(1, b.layout()->lineCount()) : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(info.userData())->setCollapseIncludesClosure(collapseIncludesClosure);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    static_cast<TextBlockUserData*>(info.userData())->setCollapsed(!block.next().isVisible());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::ensureCursorVisible()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = textCursor().block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!block.isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (!block.isVisible() && block.previous().isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = block.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toggleBlockVisible(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::toggleBlockVisible(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(document()->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool visible = block.next().isVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(block, !visible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->emitDocumentSizeChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								const TabSettings &BaseTextEditor::tabSettings() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								const DisplaySettings &BaseTextEditor::displaySettings() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_displaySettings;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::indentOrUnindent(bool doIndent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pos = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TextEditor::TabSettings &tabSettings = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-07 16:43:11 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.hasSelection() && doIndent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Insert tab if there is no selection and indent is requested
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int indentPosition = (cursor.position() - block.position());;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int spaces = tabSettings.spacesLeftFromPosition(text, indentPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int startColumn = tabSettings.columnAt(text, indentPosition - spaces);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int targetColumn = tabSettings.indentedColumn(tabSettings.columnAt(text, indentPosition), doIndent);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + indentPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(block.position() + indentPosition - spaces, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.insertText(tabSettings.indentationString(startColumn, targetColumn));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-07 16:43:11 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Indent or unindent the selected lines
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int anchor = cursor.anchor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int start = qMin(anchor, pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int end = qMax(anchor, pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock startBlock = doc->findBlock(start);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock endBlock = doc->findBlock(end-1).next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (QTextBlock block = startBlock; block != endBlock; block = block.next()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString text = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int indentPosition = tabSettings.lineIndentPosition(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!doIndent && !indentPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                indentPosition = tabSettings.firstNonSpace(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int targetColumn = tabSettings.indentedColumn(tabSettings.columnAt(text, indentPosition), doIndent);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.position() + indentPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertText(tabSettings.indentationString(0, targetColumn));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.position() + indentPosition, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::handleHomeKey(bool anchor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor::MoveMode mode = QTextCursor::MoveAnchor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (anchor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mode = QTextCursor::KeepAnchor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int initpos = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pos = cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar character = characterAt(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QLatin1Char tab = QLatin1Char('\t');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (character == tab || character.category() == QChar::Separator_Space) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 14:11:28 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (pos == initpos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        character = characterAt(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Go to the start of the block when we're already at the start of the text
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos == initpos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos = cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(pos, mode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::handleBackspaceKey()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:39:51 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int pos = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(!cursor.hasSelection(), return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TextEditor::TabSettings &tabSettings = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:39:51 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 15:17:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (tabSettings.m_autoIndent && autoBackspace(cursor))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:39:51 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!tabSettings.m_smartBackspace) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.deletePreviousChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock currentBlock = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 15:39:51 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int positionInBlock = pos - currentBlock.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString blockText = currentBlock.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursor.atBlockStart() || tabSettings.firstNonSpace(blockText) < positionInBlock) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.deletePreviousChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int previousIndent = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int indent = tabSettings.columnAt(blockText, positionInBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (QTextBlock previousNonEmptyBlock = currentBlock.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         previousNonEmptyBlock.isValid();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         previousNonEmptyBlock = previousNonEmptyBlock.previous()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString previousNonEmptyBlockText = previousNonEmptyBlock.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (previousNonEmptyBlockText.trimmed().isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        previousIndent = tabSettings.columnAt(previousNonEmptyBlockText,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              tabSettings.firstNonSpace(previousNonEmptyBlockText));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 13:55:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (previousIndent < indent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(currentBlock.position(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertText(tabSettings.indentationString(previousNonEmptyBlockText));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-09 13:55:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->clearVisibleCollapsedBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (scrollWheelZoomingEnabled() && e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int delta = e->delta();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (delta < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            zoomOut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (delta > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            zoomIn();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::wheelEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::zoomIn(int range)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-30 19:00:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->clearVisibleCollapsedBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    emit requestFontZoom(range*10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::zoomOut(int range)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    zoomIn(-range);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-30 19:00:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::zoomReset()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    emit requestZoomReset();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::isElectricCharacter(const QChar &) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditor::autoComplete(QTextCursor &cursor, const QString &text) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 13:56:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QString();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::autoBackspace(QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:47:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditor::paragraphSeparatorAboutToBeInserted(QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:47:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_UNUSED(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 13:56:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::indentBlock(QTextDocument *, QTextBlock, QChar)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::indent(QTextDocument *doc, const QTextCursor &cursor, QChar typedChar)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursor.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = doc->findBlock(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock end = doc->findBlock(cursor.selectionEnd()).next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indentBlock(doc, block, typedChar);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } while (block.isValid() && block != end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        indentBlock(doc, cursor.block(), typedChar);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::reindent(QTextDocument *doc, const QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursor.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = doc->findBlock(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock end = doc->findBlock(cursor.selectionEnd()).next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const TabSettings &ts = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 18:53:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // skip empty blocks
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (block.isValid() && block != end) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString bt = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ts.firstNonSpace(bt) < bt.size())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indentBlock(doc, block, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int previousIndentation = ts.indentationColumn(block.text());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        indentBlock(doc, block, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int currentIndentation = ts.indentationColumn(block.text());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int delta = currentIndentation - previousIndentation;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (block.isValid() && block != end) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ts.reindentLine(block, delta);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        indentBlock(doc, cursor.block(), QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditor::Link BaseTextEditor::findLinkAt(const QTextCursor &, bool)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return Link();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::openLink(const Link &link)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (link.fileName.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (baseTextDocument()->fileName() == link.fileName) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Core::EditorManager *editorManager = Core::EditorManager::instance();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        editorManager->addCurrentPositionToNavigationHistory();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        gotoLine(link.line, link.column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setFocus();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return openEditorAt(link.fileName, link.line, link.column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::updateLink(QMouseEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool linkFound = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (mouseNavigationEnabled() && e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Link emulation behaviour for 'go to definition'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextCursor cursor = cursorForPosition(e->pos());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Check that the mouse was actually on the text somewhere
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool onText = cursorRect(cursor).right() >= e->x();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!onText) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor nextPos = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            nextPos.movePosition(QTextCursor::Right);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            onText = cursorRect(nextPos).right() >= e->x();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Link link = findLinkAt(cursor, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (onText && link.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            showLink(link);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            linkFound = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!linkFound)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        clearLink();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::showLink(const Link &link)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_currentLink == link)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextEdit::ExtraSelection sel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    sel.cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    sel.cursor.setPosition(link.pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    sel.cursor.setPosition(link.pos + link.length, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    sel.format = d->m_linkFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    sel.format.setFontUnderline(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setExtraSelections(OtherSelection, QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection>() << sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->setCursor(Qt::PointingHandCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_currentLink = link;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_linkPressed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::clearLink()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_currentLink.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setExtraSelections(OtherSelection, QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection>());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_currentLink = Link();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_linkPressed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::updateMarksBlock(const QTextBlock &block)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (const TextBlockUserData *userData = TextEditDocumentLayout::testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-03 14:29:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (ITextMark *mrk, userData->marks())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            mrk->updateBlock(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorPrivate::updateMarksLineNumber()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = q->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = doc->begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int blockNumber = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (const TextBlockUserData *userData = TextEditDocumentLayout::testUserData(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (ITextMark *mrk, userData->marks()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                mrk->updateLineNumber(blockNumber + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++blockNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::markBlocksAsChanged(QList<int> blockNumbers)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = document()->begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.revision() < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block.setRevision(-block.revision() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const int blockNumber, blockNumbers) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = document()->findBlockByNumber(blockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            block.setRevision(-block.revision() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextBlockUserData::MatchType TextBlockUserData::checkOpenParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor, QChar c)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(block) || TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parenthesis openParen, closedParen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock closedParenParag = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int cursorPos = cursor->position() - closedParenParag.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool foundOpen = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!foundOpen) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (i >= parenList.count())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            openParen = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (openParen.pos != cursorPos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foundOpen = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (i >= parenList.count()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                closedParenParag = closedParenParag.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!closedParenParag.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(closedParenParag)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(closedParenParag)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(closedParenParag);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        closedParen = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (closedParen.type == Parenthesis::Opened) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ignore++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ignore--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor->clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor->setPosition(closedParenParag.position() + closedParen.pos + 1, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if ((c == QLatin1Char('{') && closedParen.chr != QLatin1Char('}'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || (c == QLatin1Char('(') && closedParen.chr != QLatin1Char(')'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || (c == QLatin1Char('[') && closedParen.chr != QLatin1Char(']'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || (c == QLatin1Char('+') && closedParen.chr != QLatin1Char('-'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               )
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return Mismatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return Match;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextBlockUserData::MatchType TextBlockUserData::checkClosedParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor, QChar c)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(block) || TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parenthesis openParen, closedParen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock openParenParag = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int cursorPos = cursor->position() - openParenParag.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int i = parenList.count() - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool foundClosed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!foundClosed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (i < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            closedParen = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (closedParen.pos != cursorPos - 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foundClosed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (i < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (;;) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                openParenParag = openParenParag.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!openParenParag.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(openParenParag)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(openParenParag)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(openParenParag);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            i = parenList.count() - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        openParen = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (openParen.type == Parenthesis::Closed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ignore++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ignore--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor->clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor->setPosition(openParenParag.position() + openParen.pos, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if ((c == '}' && openParen.chr != '{')    ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 (c == ')' && openParen.chr != '(')   ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 (c == ']' && openParen.chr != '[')   ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 (c == '-' && openParen.chr != '+'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return Mismatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return Match;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextBlockUserData::findPreviousOpenParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor, bool select)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int position = cursor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!parenList.isEmpty() && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = parenList.count()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Parenthesis paren = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 19:08:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (block == cursor->block() &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (position - block.position() <= paren.pos + (paren.type == Parenthesis::Closed ? 1 : 0)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.type == Parenthesis::Closed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    ++ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    --ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cursor->setPosition(block.position() + paren.pos, select ? QTextCursor::KeepAnchor : QTextCursor::MoveAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:08:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextBlockUserData::findPreviousBlockOpenParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor, bool checkStartPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int position = cursor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!parenList.isEmpty() && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = parenList.count()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Parenthesis paren = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.chr != QLatin1Char('{') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('}')
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('+') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('-')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('[') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char(']'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (block == cursor->block()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (position - block.position() <= paren.pos + (paren.type == Parenthesis::Closed ? 1 : 0))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (checkStartPosition && paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened && paren.pos== cursor->position()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.type == Parenthesis::Closed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    ++ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    --ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cursor->setPosition(block.position() + paren.pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextBlockUserData::findNextClosingParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor, bool select)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int position = cursor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!parenList.isEmpty() && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = 0; i < parenList.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Parenthesis paren = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (block == cursor->block() &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (position - block.position() > paren.pos - (paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened ? 1 : 0)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    ++ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    --ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cursor->setPosition(block.position() + paren.pos+1, select ? QTextCursor::KeepAnchor : QTextCursor::MoveAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool TextBlockUserData::findNextBlockClosingParenthesis(QTextCursor *cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int position = cursor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int ignore = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Parentheses parenList = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!parenList.isEmpty() && !TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (int i = 0; i < parenList.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Parenthesis paren = parenList.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.chr != QLatin1Char('{') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('}')
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:06:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('+') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('-')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    && paren.chr != QLatin1Char('[') && paren.chr != QLatin1Char(']'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (block == cursor->block() &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (position - block.position() > paren.pos - (paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened ? 1 : 0)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    ++ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (ignore > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    --ignore;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    cursor->setPosition(block.position() + paren.pos+1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextBlockUserData::MatchType TextBlockUserData::matchCursorBackward(QTextCursor *cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor->clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(block) || TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int relPos = cursor->position() - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parentheses parentheses = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Parentheses::const_iterator cend = parentheses.constEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Parentheses::const_iterator it = parentheses.constBegin();it != cend; ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Parenthesis &paren = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (paren.pos == relPos - 1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && paren.type == Parenthesis::Closed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return checkClosedParenthesis(cursor, paren.chr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextBlockUserData::MatchType TextBlockUserData::matchCursorForward(QTextCursor *cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor->clearSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextBlock block = cursor->block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 13:20:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!TextEditDocumentLayout::hasParentheses(block) || TextEditDocumentLayout::ifdefedOut(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int relPos = cursor->position() - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Parentheses parentheses = TextEditDocumentLayout::parentheses(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Parentheses::const_iterator cend = parentheses.constEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Parentheses::const_iterator it = parentheses.constBegin();it != cend; ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Parenthesis &paren = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (paren.pos == relPos
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && paren.type == Parenthesis::Opened) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return checkOpenParenthesis(cursor, paren.chr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return NoMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::highlightSearchResults(const QString &txt, Find::IFindSupport::FindFlags findFlags)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:09:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString pattern = txt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pattern.size() < 2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pattern.clear(); // highlighting single characters is a bit pointless
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_searchExpr.pattern() == pattern)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:09:17 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchExpr.setPattern(pattern);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:52:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchExpr.setPatternSyntax((findFlags & Find::IFindSupport::FindRegularExpression) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     QRegExp::RegExp : QRegExp::FixedString);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchExpr.setCaseSensitivity((findFlags & Find::IFindSupport::FindCaseSensitively) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_findFlags = findFlags;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 14:47:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_delayedUpdateTimer->start(10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setFindScope(const QTextCursor &scope)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (scope.isNull() != d->m_findScope.isNull()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_findScope = scope;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::_q_animateUpdate(int position, QPointF lastPos, QRectF rect)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor(textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(position);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->update(QRectF(cursorRect(cursor).topLeft() + rect.topLeft(), rect.size()).toAlignedRect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!lastPos.isNull())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update(QRectF(lastPos + rect.topLeft(), rect.size()).toAlignedRect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditorAnimator::BaseTextEditorAnimator(QObject *parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        :QObject(parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_value = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_timeline = new QTimeLine(256, this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_timeline->setCurveShape(QTimeLine::SineCurve);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(m_timeline, SIGNAL(valueChanged(qreal)), this, SLOT(step(qreal)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(m_timeline, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(deleteLater()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_timeline->start();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorAnimator::setData(QFont f, QPalette pal, const QString &text)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_font = f;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_palette = pal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_text = text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFontMetrics fm(m_font);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_size = QSizeF(fm.width(m_text), fm.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorAnimator::draw(QPainter *p, const QPointF &pos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_lastDrawPos = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p->setPen(m_palette.text().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFont f = m_font;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    f.setPointSizeF(f.pointSizeF() * (1.0 + m_value/2));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFontMetrics fm(f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int width = fm.width(m_text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF r((m_size.width()-width)/2, (m_size.height() - fm.height())/2, width, fm.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    r.translate(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p->fillRect(r, m_palette.base());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p->setFont(f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p->drawText(r, m_text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 19:02:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditorAnimator::isRunning() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_timeline->state() == QTimeLine::Running;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QRectF BaseTextEditorAnimator::rect() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFont f = m_font;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    f.setPointSizeF(f.pointSizeF() * (1.0 + m_value/2));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFontMetrics fm(f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int width = fm.width(m_text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QRectF((m_size.width()-width)/2, (m_size.height() - fm.height())/2, width, fm.height());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorAnimator::step(qreal v)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF before = rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_value = v;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRectF after = rect();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    emit updateRequest(m_position, m_lastDrawPos, before.united(after));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorAnimator::finish()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_timeline->stop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    step(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    deleteLater();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::_q_matchParentheses()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (isReadOnly())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor backwardMatch = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor forwardMatch = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TextBlockUserData::MatchType backwardMatchType = TextBlockUserData::matchCursorBackward(&backwardMatch);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TextBlockUserData::MatchType forwardMatchType = TextBlockUserData::matchCursorForward(&forwardMatch);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 13:19:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> extraSelections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 13:01:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (backwardMatchType == TextBlockUserData::NoMatch && forwardMatchType == TextBlockUserData::NoMatch) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setExtraSelections(ParenthesesMatchingSelection, extraSelections); // clear
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int animatePosition = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (backwardMatch.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextEdit::ExtraSelection sel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (backwardMatchType == TextBlockUserData::Mismatch) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor = backwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.format = d->m_mismatchFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_displaySettings.m_animateMatchingParentheses) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                animatePosition = backwardMatch.selectionStart();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (d->m_formatRange) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                sel.cursor = backwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                sel.format = d->m_rangeFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor = backwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.format = d->m_matchFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.setPosition(backwardMatch.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.setPosition(backwardMatch.selectionEnd());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (forwardMatch.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextEdit::ExtraSelection sel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (forwardMatchType == TextBlockUserData::Mismatch) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor = forwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.format = d->m_mismatchFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->m_displaySettings.m_animateMatchingParentheses) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                animatePosition = forwardMatch.selectionEnd()-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (d->m_formatRange) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                sel.cursor = forwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                sel.format = d->m_rangeFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor = forwardMatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.format = d->m_matchFormat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.setPosition(forwardMatch.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.setPosition(forwardMatch.selectionEnd());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            sel.cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraSelections.append(sel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 11:18:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (animatePosition >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (QTextEdit::ExtraSelection sel, BaseTextEditor::extraSelections(ParenthesesMatchingSelection)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (sel.cursor.selectionStart() == animatePosition
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || sel.cursor.selectionEnd() - 1 == animatePosition) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                animatePosition = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (animatePosition >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_animator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_animator->finish();  // one animation is enough
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_animator = new BaseTextEditorAnimator(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_animator->setPosition(animatePosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPalette pal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pal.setBrush(QPalette::Text, d->m_matchFormat.foreground());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pal.setBrush(QPalette::Base, d->m_rangeFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_animator->setData(font(), pal, characterAt(d->m_animator->position()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-23 12:50:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        connect(d->m_animator, SIGNAL(updateRequest(int,QPointF,QRectF)),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                this, SLOT(_q_animateUpdate(int,QPointF,QRectF)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 11:18:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-28 18:34:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 11:18:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setExtraSelections(ParenthesesMatchingSelection, extraSelections);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::_q_highlightBlocks()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BaseTextEditorPrivateHighlightBlocks highlightBlocksInfo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = document()->findBlockByNumber(d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor cursor(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn >= 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:08:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.setPosition(cursor.position() + qMin(d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 12:17:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                            block.length()-1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor closeCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:08:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool firstRun = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:12:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (TextBlockUserData::findPreviousBlockOpenParenthesis(&cursor, firstRun)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 18:08:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                firstRun = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                highlightBlocksInfo.open.prepend(cursor.blockNumber());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                highlightBlocksInfo.visualIndent.prepend(d->visualIndent(cursor.block()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (closeCursor.isNull())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    closeCursor = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextBlockUserData::findNextBlockClosingParenthesis(&closeCursor))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    highlightBlocksInfo.close.append(closeCursor.blockNumber());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_highlightBlocksInfo != highlightBlocksInfo) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_highlightBlocksInfo = highlightBlocksInfo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-24 16:44:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_extraArea->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-23 17:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setActionHack(QObject *hack)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_actionHack = hack;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QObject *BaseTextEditor::actionHack() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_actionHack;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::changeEvent(QEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::changeEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->type() == QEvent::ApplicationFontChange
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || e->type() == QEvent::FontChange) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (d->m_extraArea) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QFont f = d->m_extraArea->font();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            f.setPointSize(font().pointSize());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_extraArea->setFont(f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_extraArea->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 19:44:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::focusInEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotCursorPositionChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-30 19:13:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::focusOutEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (viewport()->cursor().shape() == Qt::BlankCursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-14 17:24:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::maybeSelectLine()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!cursor.hasSelection()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QTextBlock &block = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.next().isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(block.next().position(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousCharacter, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-14 17:24:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// shift+del
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::cutLine()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    maybeSelectLine();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-14 17:24:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::deleteLine()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    maybeSelectLine();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    textCursor().removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 13:19:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setExtraSelections(ExtraSelectionKind kind, const QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> &selections)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 13:19:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (selections.isEmpty() && d->m_extraSelections[kind].isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraSelections[kind] = selections;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (kind == CodeSemanticsSelection) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_overlay->clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const QTextEdit::ExtraSelection &selection, d->m_extraSelections[kind]) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-03 18:35:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            d->m_overlay->addOverlaySelection(selection.cursor,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              selection.format.background().color(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              selection.format.background().color(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-25 15:55:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_overlay->setVisible(!d->m_overlay->isEmpty());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> all;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int i = 0; i < NExtraSelectionKinds; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (i == CodeSemanticsSelection)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            all += d->m_extraSelections[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QPlainTextEdit::setExtraSelections(all);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 13:19:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> BaseTextEditor::extraSelections(ExtraSelectionKind kind) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 13:19:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return d->m_extraSelections[kind];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-30 17:23:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditor::extraSelectionTooltip(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> all;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < NExtraSelectionKinds; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<QTextEdit::ExtraSelection> &sel = d->m_extraSelections[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int j = 0; j < sel.size(); ++j) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QTextEdit::ExtraSelection &s = sel.at(j);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (s.cursor.selectionStart() <= pos
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                && s.cursor.selectionEnd() >= pos
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                && !s.format.toolTip().isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return s.format.toolTip();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QString();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// the blocks list must be sorted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setIfdefedOutBlocks(const QList<BaseTextEditor::BlockRange> &blocks)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool needUpdate = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = doc->firstBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int rangeNumber = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int braceDepthDelta = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool cleared = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool set = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (rangeNumber < blocks.size()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const BlockRange &range = blocks.at(rangeNumber);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 12:57:26 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.position() >= range.first && ((block.position() + block.length() - 1) <= range.last || !range.last)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                set = TextEditDocumentLayout::setIfdefedOut(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cleared = TextEditDocumentLayout::clearIfdefedOut(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block.contains(range.last))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++rangeNumber;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cleared = TextEditDocumentLayout::clearIfdefedOut(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-25 17:22:10 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (cleared || set) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            needUpdate = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int delta = TextEditDocumentLayout::braceDepthDelta(block);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (cleared)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                braceDepthDelta += delta;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (set)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                braceDepthDelta -= delta;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (braceDepthDelta)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextEditDocumentLayout::changeBraceDepth(block,braceDepthDelta);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (needUpdate)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::format()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    indent(document(), cursor, QChar::Null);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::rewrapParagraph()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int paragraphWidth = displaySettings().m_wrapColumn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QRegExp anyLettersOrNumbers = QRegExp("\\w");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int tabSize = tabSettings().m_tabSize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Find start of paragraph.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::PreviousBlock, QTextCursor::MoveAnchor)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextBlock block = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = block.text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // If this block is empty, move marker back to previous and terminate.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!text.contains(anyLettersOrNumbers)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock, QTextCursor::MoveAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock, QTextCursor::MoveAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Find indent level of current block.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int indentLevel = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text = cursor.block().text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < text.length(); i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar ch = text.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch == QLatin1Char(' '))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indentLevel++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (ch == QLatin1Char('\t'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            indentLevel += tabSize - (indentLevel % tabSize);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // If there is a common prefix, it should be kept and expanded to all lines.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // this allows nice reflowing of doxygen style comments.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor nextBlock = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString commonPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (nextBlock.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         QString nText = nextBlock.block().text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         int maxLength = qMin(text.length(), nText.length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         for (int i = 0; i < maxLength; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             const QChar ch = text.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             if (ch != nText[i] || ch.isLetterOrNumber())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             commonPrefix.append(ch);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Find end of paragraph.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::NextBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = cursor.block().text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!text.contains(anyLettersOrNumbers))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString selectedText = cursor.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Preserve initial indent level.or common prefix.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString spacing;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (commonPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        spacing = tabSettings().indentationString(0, indentLevel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        spacing = commonPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        indentLevel = commonPrefix.length();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int currentLength = indentLevel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString result;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    result.append(spacing);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Remove existing instances of any common prefix from paragraph to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // reflow.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    selectedText.remove(0, commonPrefix.length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    commonPrefix.prepend(QChar::ParagraphSeparator);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    selectedText.replace(commonPrefix, QLatin1String("\n"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // remove any repeated spaces, trim lines to PARAGRAPH_WIDTH width and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // keep the same indentation level as first line in paragraph.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString currentWord;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < selectedText.length(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QChar ch = selectedText.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch.isSpace()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!currentWord.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                currentLength += currentWord.length() + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (currentLength > paragraphWidth) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    currentLength = currentWord.length() + 1 + indentLevel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 12:34:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    result.chop(1); // remove trailing space
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    result.append(QChar::ParagraphSeparator);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    result.append(spacing);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                result.append(currentWord);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 12:37:04 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                result.append(QLatin1Char(' '));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                currentWord.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        currentWord.append(ch);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 12:34:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    result.chop(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-21 10:37:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    result.append(QChar::ParagraphSeparator);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.insertText(result);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::unCommentSelection()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 19:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::showEvent(QShowEvent* e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!d->m_fontSettings.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setFontSettings(d->m_fontSettings);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_fontSettings.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 19:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::showEvent(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setFontSettingsIfVisible(const TextEditor::FontSettings &fs)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_fontSettings = fs;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 19:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setFontSettings(fs);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setFontSettings(const TextEditor::FontSettings &fs)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCharFormat textFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_TEXT));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCharFormat selectionFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_SELECTION));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCharFormat lineNumberFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_LINE_NUMBER));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCharFormat searchResultFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_SEARCH_RESULT));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 14:10:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchScopeFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_SEARCH_SCOPE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCharFormat parenthesesFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_PARENTHESES));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 14:10:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_currentLineFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_CURRENT_LINE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_currentLineNumberFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_CURRENT_LINE_NUMBER));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-08 13:03:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_linkFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(TextEditor::Constants::C_LINK));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 14:10:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_ifdefedOutFormat = fs.toTextCharFormat(QLatin1String(Constants::C_DISABLED_CODE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QFont font(textFormat.font());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QColor foreground = textFormat.foreground().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QColor background = textFormat.background().color();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPalette p = palette();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setColor(QPalette::Text, foreground);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setColor(QPalette::Foreground, foreground);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setColor(QPalette::Base, background);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setColor(QPalette::Highlight, (selectionFormat.background().style() != Qt::NoBrush) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               selectionFormat.background().color() :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::Highlight));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setColor(QPalette::HighlightedText, selectionFormat.foreground().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setBrush(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::Highlight, p.highlight());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.setBrush(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::HighlightedText, p.highlightedText());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setPalette(p);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setFont(font);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTabSettings(d->m_document->tabSettings()); // update tabs, they depend on the font
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Line numbers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPalette ep = d->m_extraArea->palette();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ep.setColor(QPalette::Dark, lineNumberFormat.foreground().color());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ep.setColor(QPalette::Background, lineNumberFormat.background().style() != Qt::NoBrush ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                lineNumberFormat.background().color() : background);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_extraArea->setPalette(ep);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Search results
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_searchResultFormat.setBackground(searchResultFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Matching braces
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_matchFormat.setForeground(parenthesesFormat.foreground());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_rangeFormat.setBackground(parenthesesFormat.background());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:10:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth();   // Adjust to new font width
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateCurrentLineHighlight(); // Make sure it takes the new color
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setTabSettings(const TabSettings &ts)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_document->setTabSettings(ts);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int charWidth = QFontMetrics(font()).width(QChar(' '));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTabStopWidth(charWidth * ts.m_tabSize);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setDisplaySettings(const DisplaySettings &ds)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setLineWrapMode(ds.m_textWrapping ? QPlainTextEdit::WidgetWidth : QPlainTextEdit::NoWrap);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setLineNumbersVisible(ds.m_displayLineNumbers);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setVisibleWrapColumn(ds.m_showWrapColumn ? ds.m_wrapColumn : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setCodeFoldingVisible(ds.m_displayFoldingMarkers);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setHighlightCurrentLine(ds.m_highlightCurrentLine);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-16 11:27:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setRevisionsVisible(ds.m_markTextChanges);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_displaySettings.m_visualizeWhitespace != ds.m_visualizeWhitespace) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (QSyntaxHighlighter *highlighter = baseTextDocument()->syntaxHighlighter())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            highlighter->rehighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextOption option =  document()->defaultTextOption();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ds.m_visualizeWhitespace)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            option.setFlags(option.flags() | QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            option.setFlags(option.flags() & ~QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        option.setFlags(option.flags() | QTextOption::AddSpaceForLineAndParagraphSeparators);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        document()->setDefaultTextOption(option);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_displaySettings = ds;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-08 18:24:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!ds.m_highlightBlocks) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseBlockNumber = d->extraAreaHighlightCollapseColumn = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->m_highlightBlocksInfo = BaseTextEditorPrivateHighlightBlocks();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 11:11:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-08 18:24:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    slotCursorPositionChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-29 16:46:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    viewport()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    extraArea()->update();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 17:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setBehaviorSettings(const TextEditor::BehaviorSettings &bs)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setMouseNavigationEnabled(bs.m_mouseNavigation);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 16:27:34 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setScrollWheelZoomingEnabled(bs.m_scrollWheelZooming);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 17:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 16:16:36 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setStorageSettings(const StorageSettings &storageSettings)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->m_document->setStorageSettings(storageSettings);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::collapse()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = textCursor().block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 14:09:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock curBlock = block;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(block) && block.next().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 18:25:24 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (block == curBlock || block.next() == curBlock)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 14:09:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if ((block.next().userState()) >> 8 <= (curBlock.previous().userState() >> 8))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(block, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->moveCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        documentLayout->emitDocumentSizeChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::expand()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = textCursor().block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid() && !block.isVisible())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.previous();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(block, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->moveCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->emitDocumentSizeChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::unCollapseAll()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextDocument *doc = document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditDocumentLayout *documentLayout = qobject_cast<TextEditDocumentLayout*>(doc->documentLayout());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(documentLayout, return);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextBlock block = doc->firstBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool makeVisible = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (block.isVisible() && TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(block) && block.next().isVisible()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            makeVisible = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    block = doc->firstBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (block.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (TextBlockUserData::canCollapse(block))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextBlockUserData::doCollapse(block, makeVisible);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        block = block.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    d->moveCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->requestUpdate();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    documentLayout->emitDocumentSizeChanged();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 16:14:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    centerCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    baseTextDocument()->setCodec(codec);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QTextCodec *BaseTextEditor::textCodec() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return baseTextDocument()->codec();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::setReadOnly(bool b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::setReadOnly(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextInteractionFlags(textInteractionFlags() | Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::cut()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        copy();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->removeBlockSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::cut();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 18:37:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::paste()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        d->removeBlockSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPlainTextEdit::paste();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QMimeData *BaseTextEditor::createMimeDataFromSelection() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (d->m_inBlockSelectionMode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = d->copyBlockSelection();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mimeData->setData(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.vblocktext"), text.toUtf8());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mimeData->setText(text); // for exchangeability
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return mimeData;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (textCursor().hasSelection()){
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = cursor.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:48:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        convertToPlainText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mimeData->setText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        /*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          Try to figure out whether we are copying an entire block, and store the complete block
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          including indentation in the qtcreator.blocktext mimetype.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor selstart = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        selstart.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor selend = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        selend.setPosition(cursor.selectionEnd());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const TabSettings &ts = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool startOk = ts.cursorIsAtBeginningOfLine(selstart);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool multipleBlocks = (selend.block() != selstart.block());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startOk && multipleBlocks) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            selstart.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ts.cursorIsAtBeginningOfLine(selend))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                selend.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(selstart.position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.setPosition(selend.position(), QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            text = cursor.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            mimeData->setData(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.blocktext"), text.toUtf8());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return mimeData;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool BaseTextEditor::canInsertFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QPlainTextEdit::canInsertFromMimeData(source);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::insertFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (isReadOnly())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (source->hasFormat(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.vblocktext"))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString text = QString::fromUtf8(source->data(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.vblocktext")));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (text.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList lines = text.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int initialCursorPosition = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int column = cursor.position() - cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.insertText(lines.first());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int i = 1; i < lines.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextBlock next = cursor.block().next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (next.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.setPosition(next.position() + qMin(column, next.length()-1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::EndOfBlock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.insertBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int actualColumn = cursor.position() - cursor.block().position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (actualColumn < column)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                cursor.insertText(QString(column - actualColumn, QLatin1Char(' ')));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            cursor.insertText(lines.at(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(initialCursorPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ensureCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-24 13:39:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-24 13:39:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString text = source->text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (text.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const TabSettings &ts = d->m_document->tabSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!ts.m_autoIndent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-24 13:39:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.beginEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 15:55:47 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-24 13:39:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool insertAtBeginningOfLine = ts.cursorIsAtBeginningOfLine(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (insertAtBeginningOfLine
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && source->hasFormat(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.blocktext"))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        text = QString::fromUtf8(source->data(QLatin1String("application/vnd.nokia.qtcreator.blocktext")));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (text.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:44:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int reindentBlockStart = cursor.blockNumber() + (insertAtBeginningOfLine?0:1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-28 16:22:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool hasFinalNewline = (text.endsWith(QLatin1Char('\n'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            || text.endsWith(QChar::ParagraphSeparator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            || text.endsWith(QLatin1Char('\r')));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-28 16:22:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-27 15:22:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (insertAtBeginningOfLine
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        && hasFinalNewline) // since we'll add a final newline, preserve current line's indentation
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:31:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cursor.setPosition(cursor.block().position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 12:40:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursorPosition = cursor.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.insertText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int reindentBlockEnd = cursor.blockNumber() - (hasFinalNewline?1:0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:31:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (reindentBlockStart < reindentBlockEnd
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || (reindentBlockStart == reindentBlockEnd
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            && (!insertAtBeginningOfLine || hasFinalNewline))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 12:40:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (insertAtBeginningOfLine && !hasFinalNewline) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor unnecessaryWhitespace = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            unnecessaryWhitespace.setPosition(cursorPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            unnecessaryWhitespace.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfBlock, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            unnecessaryWhitespace.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 12:40:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 17:10:58 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.setPosition(cursor.document()->findBlockByNumber(reindentBlockStart).position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.setPosition(cursor.document()->findBlockByNumber(reindentBlockEnd).position(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                      QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        reindent(document(), c);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-24 13:39:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.endEditBlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextCursor(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditorEditable::BaseTextEditorEditable(BaseTextEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  : e(editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifndef TEXTEDITOR_STANDALONE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    using namespace Find;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Aggregation::Aggregate *aggregate = new Aggregation::Aggregate;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BaseTextFind *baseTextFind = new BaseTextFind(editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 16:12:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(baseTextFind, SIGNAL(highlightAll(QString, Find::IFindSupport::FindFlags)),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            editor, SLOT(highlightSearchResults(QString, Find::IFindSupport::FindFlags)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(baseTextFind, SIGNAL(findScopeChanged(QTextCursor)), editor, SLOT(setFindScope(QTextCursor)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    aggregate->add(baseTextFind);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    aggregate->add(editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:06:05 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_cursorPositionLabel = new Utils::LineColumnLabel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QHBoxLayout *l = new QHBoxLayout;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QWidget *w = new QWidget;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    l->setMargin(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-29 04:39:23 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    l->setContentsMargins(5, 0, 5, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-16 13:42:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    l->addStretch(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    l->addWidget(m_cursorPositionLabel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    w->setLayout(l);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_toolBar = new QToolBar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_toolBar->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_toolBar->addWidget(w);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(editor, SIGNAL(cursorPositionChanged()), this, SLOT(updateCursorPosition()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 14:02:18 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditor::appendStandardContextMenuActions(QMenu *menu)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    menu->addSeparator();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::ActionManager *am = Core::ICore::instance()->actionManager();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QAction *a = am->command(Core::Constants::CUT)->action();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (a && a->isEnabled())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        menu->addAction(a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    a = am->command(Core::Constants::COPY)->action();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (a && a->isEnabled())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        menu->addAction(a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    a = am->command(Core::Constants::PASTE)->action();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (a && a->isEnabled())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        menu->addAction(a);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								BaseTextEditorEditable::~BaseTextEditorEditable()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete m_toolBar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    delete e;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-15 16:23:07 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QWidget *BaseTextEditorEditable::toolBar()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_toolBar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditorEditable::find(const QString &) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditorEditable::currentLine() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return e->textCursor().blockNumber() + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int BaseTextEditorEditable::currentColumn() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return cursor.position() - cursor.block().position() + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QRect BaseTextEditorEditable::cursorRect(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos >= 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QRect result = e->cursorRect(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    result.moveTo(e->viewport()->mapToGlobal(result.topLeft()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return result;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditorEditable::contents() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return e->toPlainText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditorEditable::selectedText() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (e->textCursor().hasSelection())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return e->textCursor().selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return QString();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditorEditable::textAt(int pos, int length) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor c = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    c.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos + length > c.position())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        length = c.position() - pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    c.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    c.setPosition(pos + length, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return c.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::remove(int length)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(tc.position() + length, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.removeSelectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::insert(const QString &string)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.insertText(string);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::replace(int length, const QString &string)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(tc.position() + length, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.insertText(string);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::setCurPos(int pos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    e->setTextCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::select(int toPos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(toPos, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    e->setTextCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void BaseTextEditorEditable::updateCursorPosition()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextCursor cursor = e->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QTextBlock block = cursor.block();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int line = block.blockNumber() + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 19:45:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int column = cursor.position() - block.position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_cursorPositionLabel->setText(tr("Line: %1, Col: %2").arg(line).arg(e->tabSettings().columnAt(block.text(), column)+1),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 21:11:52 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   tr("Line: %1, Col: 999").arg(e->blockCount()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_contextHelpId.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!block.isVisible())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        e->ensureCursorVisible();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString BaseTextEditorEditable::contextHelpId() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_contextHelpId.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        emit const_cast<BaseTextEditorEditable*>(this)->contextHelpIdRequested(e->editableInterface(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                               e->textCursor().position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_contextHelpId;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextBlockUserData::~TextBlockUserData()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextMarks marks = m_marks;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_marks.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (ITextMark *mrk, marks) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        mrk->removedFromEditor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 |